Merged from the latest developing branch.
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob5acc7dc40bae2bdad9fc402b21359f68c808ecd9
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 void
274 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
275 linenr_T lnum;
276 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */
278 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
279 int i;
280 #endif
282 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
283 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
284 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
285 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
286 redraw_later(VALID);
288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
289 if (invalid)
291 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
292 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
293 if (i >= 0)
294 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
296 #endif
300 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
302 void
303 update_curbuf(type)
304 int type;
306 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
307 update_screen(type);
311 * update_screen()
313 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
314 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
316 void
317 update_screen(type)
318 int type;
320 win_T *wp;
321 static int did_intro = FALSE;
322 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
323 int did_one;
324 #endif
326 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
327 return;
329 if (must_redraw)
331 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
332 type = must_redraw;
334 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
335 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
336 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
337 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
338 must_redraw = 0;
341 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
342 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
343 type = NOT_VALID;
345 if (!redrawing())
347 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
348 must_redraw = type;
349 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
350 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
351 return;
354 updating_screen = TRUE;
355 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
356 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
357 * display updating */
358 #endif
361 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
363 if (msg_scrolled)
365 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
366 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
367 type = CLEAR;
368 else if (type != CLEAR)
370 check_for_delay(FALSE);
371 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
372 type = CLEAR;
373 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
375 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
377 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
378 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
379 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
380 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
382 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
383 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
385 else
387 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
388 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
389 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
390 <= msg_scrolled)
391 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
392 #endif
396 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
397 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
398 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
399 #endif
401 msg_scrolled = 0;
402 need_wait_return = FALSE;
405 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
406 compute_cmdrow();
408 /* Check for changed highlighting */
409 if (need_highlight_changed)
410 highlight_changed();
412 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
414 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
415 type = NOT_VALID;
418 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
419 check_for_delay(FALSE);
421 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
422 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
423 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
424 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
425 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
426 #endif
429 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
431 if (type == INVERTED)
432 update_curswant();
433 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
434 && !((type == VALID
435 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
436 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
437 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
438 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
439 #endif
440 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
441 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
442 || (type == INVERTED
443 && VIsual_active
444 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
445 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
446 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
447 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
448 #endif
450 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
452 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
453 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
454 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
455 draw_tabline();
456 #endif
458 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
460 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
461 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
463 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
465 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
467 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
468 win_T *wwp;
470 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
471 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
472 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
473 break;
474 # endif
475 if (
476 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
477 wwp == wp &&
478 # endif
479 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
480 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
483 #endif
486 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
487 * it.
489 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
490 did_one = FALSE;
491 #endif
492 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
493 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
494 #endif
495 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
497 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
499 cursor_off();
500 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
501 if (!did_one)
503 did_one = TRUE;
504 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
505 start_search_hl();
506 # endif
507 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
508 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
509 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
510 clip_update_selection();
511 # endif
512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
513 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
514 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
515 * it. */
516 if (gui.in_use)
517 gui_undraw_cursor();
518 #endif
520 #endif
521 win_update(wp);
524 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
525 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
526 if (wp->w_redr_status)
528 cursor_off();
529 win_redr_status(wp);
531 #endif
533 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
534 end_search_hl();
535 #endif
537 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
538 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
539 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
540 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
541 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
542 #else
543 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
544 #endif
546 updating_screen = FALSE;
547 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
548 gui_may_resize_shell();
549 #endif
551 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
552 * mess up the command line. */
553 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
554 showmode();
556 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
557 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
558 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
559 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
560 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
561 #endif
562 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
563 intro_message(FALSE);
564 did_intro = TRUE;
566 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
567 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
568 * done. */
569 if (gui.in_use)
571 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
572 if (did_one)
573 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
574 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
576 #endif
579 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
580 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
581 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
584 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
586 static void
587 update_prepare()
589 cursor_off();
590 updating_screen = TRUE;
591 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
592 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
593 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
594 if (gui.in_use)
595 gui_undraw_cursor();
596 #endif
597 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
598 start_search_hl();
599 #endif
603 * Finish updating one or more windows.
605 static void
606 update_finish()
608 if (redraw_cmdline)
609 showmode();
611 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
612 end_search_hl();
613 # endif
615 updating_screen = FALSE;
617 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
618 gui_may_resize_shell();
620 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
621 * done. */
622 if (gui.in_use)
624 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
625 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
626 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
628 # endif
630 #endif
632 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
633 void
634 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
635 buf_T *buf;
636 linenr_T lnum;
638 win_T *wp;
639 int doit = FALSE;
641 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
642 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
643 # endif
645 /* update/delete a specific mark */
646 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
648 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
650 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
651 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
653 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
654 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
655 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
656 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
657 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
660 else
661 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
662 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
663 doit = TRUE;
666 if (!doit)
667 return;
669 /* update all windows that need updating */
670 update_prepare();
672 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
673 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
675 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
676 win_update(wp);
677 if (wp->w_redr_status)
678 win_redr_status(wp);
680 # else
681 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
682 win_update(curwin);
683 # endif
685 update_finish();
687 #endif
690 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
692 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
693 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
695 void
696 updateWindow(wp)
697 win_T *wp;
699 update_prepare();
701 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
702 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
703 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
704 clip_update_selection();
705 #endif
707 win_update(wp);
709 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
710 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
711 if (redraw_tabline)
712 draw_tabline();
714 if (wp->w_redr_status
715 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
716 || p_ru
717 # endif
718 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
719 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
720 # endif
722 win_redr_status(wp);
723 #endif
725 update_finish();
727 #endif
730 * Update a single window.
732 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
733 * screen or scrolling lines).
735 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
736 * implies the one below it.
737 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
738 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
739 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
740 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
741 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
742 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
743 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
744 * 3. redraw changed text:
745 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
746 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
747 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
748 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
749 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
750 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
751 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
752 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
753 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
754 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
756 static void
757 win_update(wp)
758 win_T *wp;
760 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
761 int type;
762 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
763 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
764 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
765 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
766 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
767 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
768 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
769 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
770 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
771 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
772 w_topline got smaller a bit */
773 #endif
774 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
775 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
776 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
777 #endif
779 int row; /* current window row to display */
780 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
781 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
782 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
784 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
785 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
786 int i;
787 long j;
788 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
789 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
791 long fold_count;
792 #endif
793 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
794 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
795 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
796 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
797 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
798 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
799 int did_update = DID_NONE;
800 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
801 #endif
802 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
803 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
804 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
805 int save_got_int;
806 #endif
808 type = wp->w_redr_type;
810 if (type == NOT_VALID)
812 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
813 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
814 #endif
815 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
818 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
819 if (wp->w_height == 0)
821 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
822 return;
825 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
826 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
827 if (wp->w_width == 0)
829 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
830 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
831 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
832 return;
834 #endif
836 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
837 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
838 * match */
839 cur = wp->w_match_head;
840 while (cur != NULL)
842 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
843 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
844 cur->hl.attr = 0;
845 else
846 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
847 cur->hl.buf = buf;
848 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
849 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
850 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
851 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
852 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
853 # endif
854 cur = cur->next;
856 search_hl.buf = buf;
857 search_hl.lnum = 0;
858 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
859 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
860 #endif
862 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
863 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
864 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
865 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
867 type = NOT_VALID;
868 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
870 else
871 #endif
873 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
876 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
877 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
878 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
880 type = NOT_VALID;
882 else
885 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
886 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
888 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
889 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
890 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
891 else
892 mod_bot = 0;
893 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
894 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
895 if (buf->b_mod_set)
897 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
899 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
901 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
902 * in a pattern match. */
903 if (syntax_present(buf))
905 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
906 if (mod_top < 1)
907 mod_top = 1;
909 #endif
911 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
912 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
914 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
915 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
916 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
917 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
918 * lines above the change.
919 * Same for a match pattern.
921 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
922 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
923 top_to_mod = TRUE;
924 else
926 cur = wp->w_match_head;
927 while (cur != NULL)
929 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
930 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
932 top_to_mod = TRUE;
933 break;
935 cur = cur->next;
938 #endif
940 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
941 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
943 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
946 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
947 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
948 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
949 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
950 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
953 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
954 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
955 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
956 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
957 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
958 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
959 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
960 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
962 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
963 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
964 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
966 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
967 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
968 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
969 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
970 ++lnumb;
974 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
975 if (mod_top > lnumt)
976 mod_top = lnumt;
978 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
979 --mod_bot;
980 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
981 ++mod_bot;
982 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
983 mod_bot = lnumb;
985 #endif
987 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
988 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
989 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
990 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
991 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
993 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
994 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
995 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
996 else if (syntax_present(buf))
997 top_end = 1;
998 #endif
1001 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1002 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1003 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1004 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1008 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1009 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1011 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1013 j = 0;
1014 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1016 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1017 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1019 top_end = j;
1020 break;
1023 if (top_end == 0)
1024 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1025 type = NOT_VALID;
1026 else
1027 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1028 type = VALID;
1031 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1032 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1033 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1034 * called. */
1035 if (screen_cleared)
1036 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1039 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1040 * handle three cases:
1041 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1042 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1043 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1044 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1046 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1047 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1048 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1049 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1050 #endif
1053 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1056 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1057 * further down.
1060 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1061 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1063 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1064 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1065 #endif
1069 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1071 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1072 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1074 linenr_T ln;
1076 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1077 * of folded lines as one */
1078 j = 0;
1079 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1081 ++j;
1082 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1083 break;
1084 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1087 else
1088 #endif
1089 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1090 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1092 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1093 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1094 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1095 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1096 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1097 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1098 #endif
1099 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1102 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1103 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1104 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1106 if (i > 0)
1107 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1108 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1110 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1112 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1113 * first one that scrolled down. */
1114 top_end = i;
1115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1116 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1117 #endif
1119 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1120 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1121 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1122 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1123 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1124 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1125 while (idx >= 0)
1126 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1129 else
1130 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1132 else
1133 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1135 else
1136 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1138 else
1141 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1142 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1143 * needs updating.
1146 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1147 j = -1;
1148 row = 0;
1149 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1151 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1152 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1154 j = i;
1155 break;
1157 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1159 if (j == -1)
1161 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1162 * lines */
1163 mid_start = 0;
1165 else
1168 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1169 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1171 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1172 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1173 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1174 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1175 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1176 else
1177 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1178 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1179 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1180 #endif
1181 if (row > 0)
1183 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1184 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1185 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1186 else
1187 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1189 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1192 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1193 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1194 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1195 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1197 bot_start = 0;
1198 idx = 0;
1199 for (;;)
1201 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1202 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1203 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1204 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1205 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1207 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1208 break;
1210 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1212 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1213 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1215 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1216 break;
1219 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1220 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1221 * when it won't get updated below. */
1222 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1223 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1224 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1225 + wp->w_topfill;
1226 #endif
1231 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1232 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1233 * first. */
1234 if (mid_start == 0)
1236 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1237 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1239 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1240 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1241 * then. */
1242 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1243 screenclear();
1244 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1245 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1246 if (redraw_tabline)
1247 draw_tabline();
1248 #endif
1252 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1253 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1254 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1255 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1256 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1257 must_redraw = 0;
1259 else
1261 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1262 mid_start = 0;
1263 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1266 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1268 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1269 mid_start = 0;
1270 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1271 type = NOT_VALID;
1274 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1275 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1276 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1277 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1279 linenr_T from, to;
1281 if (VIsual_active)
1283 if (VIsual_active
1284 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1285 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1288 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1289 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1290 * gained or lost.
1292 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1294 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1295 to = VIsual.lnum;
1297 else
1299 from = VIsual.lnum;
1300 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1302 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1303 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1304 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1305 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1306 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1307 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1308 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1309 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1310 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1312 else
1315 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1316 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1317 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1319 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1321 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1322 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1324 else
1326 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1327 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1328 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1329 from = to;
1332 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1333 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1335 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1336 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1337 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1338 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1339 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1340 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1341 from = VIsual.lnum;
1342 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1343 to = VIsual.lnum;
1348 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1349 * update all lines.
1350 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1352 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1354 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1356 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1357 ++toc;
1358 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1359 toc = MAXCOL;
1361 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1362 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1364 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1365 from = VIsual.lnum;
1366 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1367 to = VIsual.lnum;
1369 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1373 else
1375 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1376 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1378 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1379 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1381 else
1383 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1384 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1389 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1391 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1392 from = wp->w_topline;
1395 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1396 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1398 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1400 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1401 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1402 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1403 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1407 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1408 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1409 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1410 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1411 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1412 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1413 * mid_end (in srow).
1415 if (mid_start > 0)
1417 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1418 idx = 0;
1419 srow = 0;
1420 if (scrolled_down)
1421 mid_start = top_end;
1422 else
1423 mid_start = 0;
1424 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1426 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1427 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1428 else if (!scrolled_down)
1429 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1430 ++idx;
1431 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1432 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1433 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1434 else
1435 # endif
1436 ++lnum;
1438 srow += mid_start;
1439 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1440 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1442 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1443 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1445 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1446 mid_end = srow;
1447 break;
1449 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1454 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1456 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1457 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1458 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1460 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1462 else
1464 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1465 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1469 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1471 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1472 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1473 save_got_int = got_int;
1474 got_int = 0;
1475 #endif
1476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1477 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1478 #endif
1481 * Update all the window rows.
1483 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1484 row = 0;
1485 srow = 0;
1486 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1487 for (;;)
1489 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1490 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1491 if (row == wp->w_height)
1493 didline = TRUE;
1494 break;
1497 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1498 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1500 eof = TRUE;
1501 break;
1504 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1505 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1506 srow = row;
1509 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1510 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1511 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1512 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1513 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1514 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1515 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1517 if (row < top_end
1518 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1519 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1520 || top_to_mod
1521 #endif
1522 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1523 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1524 || (mod_top != 0
1525 && (lnum == mod_top
1526 || (lnum >= mod_top
1527 && (lnum < mod_bot
1528 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1529 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1530 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1531 && syntax_present(buf)
1532 && (
1533 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1534 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1535 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1536 # endif
1537 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1538 #endif
1539 )))))
1541 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1542 if (lnum == mod_top)
1543 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1544 #endif
1547 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1548 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1549 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1550 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1552 if (lnum == mod_top
1553 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1554 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1556 int old_rows = 0;
1557 int new_rows = 0;
1558 int xtra_rows;
1559 linenr_T l;
1561 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1562 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1563 * currently displayed. */
1564 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1566 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1567 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1568 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1569 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1570 break;
1571 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1572 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1573 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1574 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1576 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1577 * Add following invalid entries. */
1578 ++i;
1579 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1580 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1581 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1582 break;
1584 #endif
1587 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1589 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1590 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1591 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1592 bot_start = 0;
1594 else
1596 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1597 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1598 j = idx;
1599 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1601 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1602 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1603 ++new_rows;
1604 else
1605 #endif
1606 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1607 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1608 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1609 + wp->w_topfill;
1610 else
1611 #endif
1612 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1613 ++j;
1614 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1616 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1617 new_rows = 9999;
1618 break;
1621 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1622 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1624 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1625 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1626 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1627 * below the scrolled text. */
1628 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1629 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1630 else
1632 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1633 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1634 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1635 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1636 else
1637 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1640 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1642 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1643 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1644 * rest. */
1645 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1647 else
1649 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1650 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1651 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1652 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1653 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1654 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1655 * updating down. */
1656 top_end += xtra_rows;
1660 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1661 * entries. */
1662 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1664 if (j < i)
1666 int x = row + new_rows;
1668 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1669 for (;;)
1671 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1672 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1674 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1675 break;
1677 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1678 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1679 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1680 > wp->w_height)
1682 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1683 break;
1685 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1686 ++i;
1688 if (bot_start > x)
1689 bot_start = x;
1691 else /* j > i */
1693 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1694 j -= i;
1695 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1696 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1697 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1698 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1699 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1701 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1702 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1703 * Reset to zero. */
1704 while (i >= idx)
1706 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1707 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1714 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1716 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1717 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1718 * 'wrap' is on).
1720 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1721 if (fold_count != 0)
1723 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1724 ++row;
1725 --fold_count;
1726 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1728 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1729 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1730 # endif
1732 else
1733 #endif
1734 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1735 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1737 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1738 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1739 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1741 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1742 #endif
1745 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1746 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1747 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1749 else
1751 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1752 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1753 #endif
1754 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1755 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1756 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1757 && syntax_present(buf))
1758 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1759 #endif
1762 * Display one line.
1764 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1766 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1767 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1769 #endif
1770 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1771 did_update = DID_LINE;
1772 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1773 #endif
1776 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1778 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1780 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1781 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1782 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1783 ++idx;
1784 break;
1786 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1788 ++idx;
1789 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1790 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1791 #else
1792 ++lnum;
1793 #endif
1795 else
1797 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1798 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1799 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1800 break;
1801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1802 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1803 #else
1804 ++lnum;
1805 #endif
1806 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1807 did_update = DID_NONE;
1808 #endif
1811 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1813 eof = TRUE;
1814 break;
1818 * End of loop over all window lines.
1822 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1823 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1825 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1827 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1829 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1830 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1831 #endif
1834 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1835 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1837 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1838 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1839 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1840 #endif
1841 if (!eof && !didline)
1843 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1846 * Single line that does not fit!
1847 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1849 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1851 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1852 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1854 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1855 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1856 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1858 #endif
1859 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1862 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1864 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1865 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1866 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1867 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1868 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1869 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1871 else
1873 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1874 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1877 else
1879 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1880 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1881 #endif
1882 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1884 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1885 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1886 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1887 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1890 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1892 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1893 i = '-';
1894 else
1895 i = fill_diff;
1896 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1897 j = wp->w_height - row;
1898 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1899 row += j;
1901 #endif
1903 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1904 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1906 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1907 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1908 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1911 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1912 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1913 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1914 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1915 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1916 #endif
1918 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1921 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1922 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1923 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1924 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1925 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1926 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1927 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1928 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1929 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1930 * changes are relevant).
1932 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1933 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1935 recursive = TRUE;
1936 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1937 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1938 if (must_redraw != 0)
1940 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1941 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1942 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1943 win_update(curwin);
1944 must_redraw = 0;
1945 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1947 recursive = FALSE;
1951 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1952 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1953 if (!got_int)
1954 got_int = save_got_int;
1955 #endif
1958 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1959 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1962 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1964 static int
1965 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1966 win_T *wp;
1968 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1969 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1970 || usingNetbeans
1971 # endif
1974 #endif
1977 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1978 * as the filler character.
1980 static void
1981 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1982 win_T *wp;
1983 int c1;
1984 int c2;
1985 int row;
1986 int endrow;
1987 hlf_T hl;
1989 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1990 int n = 0;
1991 # define FDC_OFF n
1992 #else
1993 # define FDC_OFF 0
1994 #endif
1996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1997 if (wp->w_p_rl)
1999 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2000 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2001 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2003 if (n > 0)
2005 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2006 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2007 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2008 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2009 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2010 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2012 # endif
2013 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2014 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2016 int nn = n + 2;
2018 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2019 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2020 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2021 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2022 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2023 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2024 n = nn;
2026 # endif
2027 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2028 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2029 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2030 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2031 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2032 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2034 else
2035 #endif
2037 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2038 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2040 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2041 n = 1;
2042 if (n > wp->w_width)
2043 n = wp->w_width;
2044 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2045 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2046 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2048 #endif
2049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2050 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2052 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2054 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2055 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2056 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2057 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2058 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2059 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2060 n = nn;
2062 #endif
2063 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2064 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2066 int nn = n + 2;
2068 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2069 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2070 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2071 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2072 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2073 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2074 n = nn;
2076 #endif
2077 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2078 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2079 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2081 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2084 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2086 * Display one folded line.
2088 static void
2089 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2090 win_T *wp;
2091 long fold_count;
2092 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2093 linenr_T lnum;
2094 int row;
2096 char_u buf[51];
2097 pos_T *top, *bot;
2098 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2099 int len;
2100 char_u *text;
2101 int fdc;
2102 int col;
2103 int txtcol;
2104 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2105 int ri;
2107 /* Build the fold line:
2108 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2109 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2110 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2111 * 4. Compose the text
2112 * 5. Add the text
2113 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2115 col = 0;
2118 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2119 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2122 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2124 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2125 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2127 if (enc_utf8)
2128 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2129 #endif
2130 ++col;
2132 #endif
2135 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2137 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2138 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2139 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2140 if (fdc > 0)
2142 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2143 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2144 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2146 int i;
2148 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2149 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2150 /* reverse the fold column */
2151 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2152 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2154 else
2155 #endif
2156 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2157 col += fdc;
2160 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2161 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2162 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2163 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2164 else \
2165 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2166 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2167 #else
2168 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2169 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2170 #endif
2172 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2173 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2175 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2176 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2177 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2179 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2180 if (len > 0)
2182 if (len > 2)
2183 len = 2;
2184 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2185 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2186 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2187 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2188 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2189 else
2190 # endif
2191 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2192 col += len;
2195 #endif
2198 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2200 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2202 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2203 if (len > 0)
2205 int w = number_width(wp);
2207 if (len > w + 1)
2208 len = w + 1;
2209 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2211 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2212 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2213 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2214 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2215 else
2216 #endif
2217 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2218 col += len;
2223 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2225 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2227 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2230 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2231 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2232 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2235 if (has_mbyte)
2237 int cells;
2238 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2239 int i;
2240 int idx;
2241 int c_len;
2242 char_u *p;
2243 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2244 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2245 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2246 # endif
2248 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2249 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2250 idx = off;
2251 else
2252 # endif
2253 idx = off + col;
2255 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2256 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2258 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2259 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2260 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2261 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2262 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2263 # endif
2265 break;
2266 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2267 if (enc_utf8)
2269 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2270 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2272 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2273 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2274 prev_c = u8c;
2275 #endif
2277 else
2279 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2280 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2282 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2283 int pc, pc1, nc;
2284 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2285 int firstbyte = *p;
2287 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2288 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2289 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2291 pc = prev_c;
2292 pc1 = prev_c1;
2293 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2294 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2296 else
2298 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2299 nc = prev_c;
2300 pc1 = pcc[0];
2302 prev_c = u8c;
2304 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2305 pc, pc1, nc);
2306 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2308 else
2309 prev_c = u8c;
2310 #endif
2311 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2312 #ifdef UNICODE16
2313 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2314 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2315 else
2316 #endif
2317 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2318 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2320 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2321 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2322 break;
2325 if (cells > 1)
2326 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2328 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2330 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2331 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2332 else
2333 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2335 col += cells;
2336 idx += cells;
2337 p += c_len;
2340 else
2341 #endif
2343 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2344 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2345 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2346 if (len > 0)
2348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2349 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2350 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2351 else
2352 #endif
2353 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2354 col += len;
2358 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2360 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2361 col -= txtcol;
2362 #endif
2363 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2364 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2365 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2366 #endif
2369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2370 if (enc_utf8)
2372 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2374 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2375 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2377 else
2378 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2380 #endif
2381 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2384 if (text != buf)
2385 vim_free(text);
2388 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2389 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2391 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2392 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2394 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2396 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2397 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2398 bot = &VIsual;
2400 else
2402 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2403 top = &VIsual;
2404 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2406 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2407 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2408 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2409 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2410 || (lnum == top->lnum
2411 && top->col == 0))
2412 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2413 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2414 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2415 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2417 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2419 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2420 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2422 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2424 else
2425 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2426 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2427 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2430 else
2432 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2433 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2437 #endif
2439 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2440 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2441 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2443 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2444 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2445 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2446 else
2447 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2448 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2449 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2452 #endif
2454 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2455 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2458 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2459 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2461 if (wp == curwin
2462 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2463 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2465 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2466 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2467 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2468 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2473 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2475 static void
2476 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2477 int off;
2478 char_u *buf;
2479 int len;
2480 int attr;
2482 int i;
2484 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2485 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2486 if (enc_utf8)
2487 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2488 # endif
2489 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2490 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2494 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2495 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2497 static void
2498 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2499 char_u *p;
2500 win_T *wp;
2501 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2502 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2504 int i = 0;
2505 int level;
2506 int first_level;
2507 int empty;
2509 /* Init to all spaces. */
2510 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2512 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2513 if (level > 0)
2515 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2516 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2518 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2519 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2520 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2521 if (first_level < 1)
2522 first_level = 1;
2524 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2526 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2527 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2528 p[i] = '-';
2529 else if (first_level == 1)
2530 p[i] = '|';
2531 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2532 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2533 else
2534 p[i] = '>';
2535 if (first_level + i == level)
2536 break;
2539 if (closed)
2540 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2542 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2545 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2546 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2547 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2549 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2551 static int
2552 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2553 win_T *wp;
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 int startrow;
2556 int endrow;
2557 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */
2559 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2560 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2561 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2562 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2563 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2564 char_u *line; /* current line */
2565 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2566 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2567 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2569 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2570 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2571 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2572 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2573 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2574 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2575 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2576 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2577 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2579 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2580 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2581 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2582 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2583 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2585 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2586 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2587 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2588 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2590 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2592 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2593 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2594 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2595 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2596 pos_T *top, *bot;
2597 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2598 #endif
2599 pos_T pos;
2600 long v;
2602 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2603 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2604 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2605 in this line */
2606 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2607 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2608 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2609 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2610 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2611 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2612 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2613 int save_did_emsg;
2614 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2615 #endif
2616 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2617 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2618 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2619 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2620 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2621 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2622 starts */
2623 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2624 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2625 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2626 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2627 * there are no spell errors */
2628 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2629 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2630 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2631 #endif
2632 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2634 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2635 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2636 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2637 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2638 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2639 #endif
2640 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2641 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2642 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2643 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2644 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2645 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2646 #endif
2647 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2648 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2649 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2650 #endif
2651 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2652 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2653 # define LINE_ATTR
2654 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2655 #endif
2656 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2657 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2658 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2659 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2660 has been processed or not */
2661 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2662 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2663 of the matches */
2664 #endif
2665 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2666 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2667 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2668 #endif
2669 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2670 int did_line_attr = 0;
2671 #endif
2673 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2674 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2675 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2676 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2677 #else
2678 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2679 #endif
2680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2681 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2682 #else
2683 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2684 #endif
2685 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2686 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2687 #else
2688 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2689 #endif
2690 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2691 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2692 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2693 #else
2694 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2695 #endif
2696 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2697 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2698 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2699 int feedback_col = 0;
2700 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2701 #endif
2704 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2705 return startrow;
2707 row = startrow;
2708 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2711 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2712 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2714 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2715 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2716 #else
2717 extra_check = 0;
2718 #endif
2719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2720 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2722 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2723 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2724 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2725 did_emsg = FALSE;
2726 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2727 if (did_emsg)
2728 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2729 else
2731 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2732 has_syntax = TRUE;
2733 extra_check = TRUE;
2736 #endif
2738 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2739 if (wp->w_p_spell
2740 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2741 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2742 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2744 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2745 has_spell = TRUE;
2746 extra_check = TRUE;
2748 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2749 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2750 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2751 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2752 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2754 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2755 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2758 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2759 * line is valid. */
2760 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2761 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2762 checked_lnum = 0;
2764 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2765 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2766 * the first word. */
2767 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2768 cap_col = -1;
2769 if (lnum == 1)
2770 cap_col = 0;
2771 capcol_lnum = 0;
2773 #endif
2776 * handle visual active in this window
2778 fromcol = -10;
2779 tocol = MAXCOL;
2780 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2781 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2783 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2784 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2786 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2787 bot = &VIsual;
2789 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2791 top = &VIsual;
2792 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2794 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2795 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2797 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2799 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2800 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2803 else /* non-block mode */
2805 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2806 fromcol = 0;
2807 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2809 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2810 fromcol = 0;
2811 else
2813 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2814 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2815 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2818 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2820 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2821 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2822 && bot->coladd == 0
2823 #endif
2826 fromcol = -10;
2827 tocol = MAXCOL;
2829 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2830 tocol = MAXCOL;
2831 else
2833 pos = *bot;
2834 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2835 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2836 else
2838 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2839 ++tocol;
2845 #ifndef MSDOS
2846 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2847 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2848 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2849 && !gui.in_use
2850 # endif
2852 noinvcur = TRUE;
2853 #endif
2855 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2856 if (fromcol >= 0)
2858 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2859 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2860 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2861 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2862 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2863 #endif
2868 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2870 else
2871 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2872 if (highlight_match
2873 && wp == curwin
2874 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2875 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2877 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2878 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2879 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2880 else
2881 fromcol = 0;
2882 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2884 pos.lnum = lnum;
2885 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2886 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2888 else
2889 tocol = MAXCOL;
2890 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */
2891 if (fromcol == tocol)
2892 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2893 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2894 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2897 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2898 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2899 if (filler_lines < 0)
2901 if (filler_lines == -1)
2903 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2904 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2905 else if (change_start == 0)
2906 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2907 else
2908 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2910 else
2911 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2912 filler_lines = 0;
2913 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2915 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2916 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2917 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2918 #endif
2920 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2921 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2922 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2923 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2924 if (v != 0)
2925 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2926 # endif
2927 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2928 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2929 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2930 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2931 # endif
2932 if (line_attr != 0)
2933 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2934 #endif
2936 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2937 ptr = line;
2939 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2940 if (has_spell)
2942 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2943 if (cap_col == 0)
2944 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2946 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2947 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2948 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2949 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2951 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2952 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2953 nextline_idx = 0;
2955 else
2957 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2958 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2960 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2961 * next line. */
2962 nextlinecol = 0;
2963 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2964 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2965 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2967 else
2969 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2970 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2971 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2972 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2976 #endif
2978 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2979 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2981 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2982 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2983 --trailcol;
2984 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2985 extra_check = TRUE;
2989 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2990 * first character to be displayed.
2992 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2993 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2994 else
2995 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2996 if (v > 0)
2998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2999 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3000 #endif
3001 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3003 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3004 vcol += c;
3005 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3006 prev_ptr = ptr;
3007 #endif
3008 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3011 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3012 /* When:
3013 * - 'cuc' is set, or
3014 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or
3015 * - the visual mode is active,
3016 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part.
3018 if (vcol < v && (
3019 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3020 wp->w_p_cuc
3021 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL)
3023 # endif
3024 # endif
3025 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3026 virtual_active()
3027 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3029 # endif
3030 # endif
3031 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
3032 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
3033 # endif
3036 vcol = v;
3038 #endif
3040 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3041 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3042 if (vcol > v)
3044 vcol -= c;
3045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3046 ptr = prev_ptr;
3047 #else
3048 --ptr;
3049 #endif
3050 n_skip = v - vcol;
3054 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3055 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3057 if (tocol <= vcol)
3058 fromcol = 0;
3059 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3060 fromcol = vcol;
3062 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3063 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3064 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3065 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3066 #endif
3067 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3068 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3069 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3070 if (has_spell)
3072 int len;
3073 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3074 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3076 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3077 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3078 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3079 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3081 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3082 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3083 ptr = line + linecol;
3085 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3087 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3088 * word */
3089 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3090 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3091 - line + 1);
3093 else
3095 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3096 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3098 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3099 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3100 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3102 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3104 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3105 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3106 if (has_syntax)
3107 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3108 # endif
3110 #endif
3114 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3115 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3117 if (fromcol >= 0)
3119 if (noinvcur)
3121 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3123 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3124 * cursor */
3125 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3126 fromcol = -1;
3128 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3129 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3130 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3132 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3133 fromcol = -1;
3136 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3138 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3139 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3141 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3142 shl_flag = FALSE;
3143 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3145 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3147 shl = &search_hl;
3148 shl_flag = TRUE;
3150 else
3151 shl = &cur->hl;
3152 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3153 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3154 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3155 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3157 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3158 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3160 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3161 * invalid. */
3162 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3163 ptr = line + v;
3165 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3167 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3168 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3169 else
3170 shl->startcol = 0;
3171 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3172 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3173 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3174 else
3175 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3176 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3177 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3180 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3181 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3182 else
3183 #endif
3184 ++shl->endcol;
3186 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3188 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3189 search_attr = shl->attr;
3191 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3194 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3195 cur = cur->next;
3197 #endif
3199 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3200 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3201 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3202 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3204 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3205 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3207 #endif
3209 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3210 col = 0;
3211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3212 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3214 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3215 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3216 * rightmost column of the window. */
3217 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3218 off += col;
3220 #endif
3223 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3225 for (;;)
3227 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3228 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3230 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3231 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3233 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3234 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3236 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3237 n_extra = 1;
3238 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3239 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3242 #endif
3244 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3245 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3247 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3248 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3250 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3251 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3252 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3253 p_extra = extra;
3254 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3255 c_extra = NUL;
3256 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3259 #endif
3261 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3262 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3264 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3265 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3266 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3267 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3268 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3269 && filler_todo <= 0
3270 # endif
3273 int_u text_sign;
3274 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3275 int_u icon_sign;
3276 # endif
3278 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3279 c_extra = ' ';
3280 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3281 n_extra = 2;
3283 if (row == startrow)
3285 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3286 SIGN_TEXT);
3287 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3288 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3289 SIGN_ICON);
3290 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3292 /* Use the image in this position. */
3293 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3294 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3295 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3296 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3297 # endif
3298 char_attr = icon_sign;
3300 else
3301 # endif
3302 if (text_sign != 0)
3304 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3305 if (p_extra != NULL)
3307 c_extra = NUL;
3308 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3310 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3315 #endif
3317 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3319 draw_state = WL_NR;
3320 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3321 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3322 if (wp->w_p_nu
3323 && (row == startrow
3324 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3325 + filler_lines
3326 #endif
3327 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3329 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3330 if (row == startrow
3331 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3332 + filler_lines
3333 #endif
3336 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3337 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3338 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3339 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3340 *p_extra = '-';
3341 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3342 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3343 rl_mirror(extra);
3344 #endif
3345 p_extra = extra;
3346 c_extra = NUL;
3348 else
3349 c_extra = ' ';
3350 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3351 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3352 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3353 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3354 * the current line differently. */
3355 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3356 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3357 #endif
3361 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3362 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3364 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3365 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3366 if (filler_todo > 0)
3368 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3369 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3370 c_extra = '-';
3371 else
3372 c_extra = fill_diff;
3373 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3374 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3375 n_extra = col + 1;
3376 else
3377 # endif
3378 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3379 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3381 # endif
3382 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3383 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3385 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3386 p_extra = p_sbr;
3387 c_extra = NUL;
3388 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3389 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3390 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3391 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3392 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3393 if (tocol == vcol)
3394 tocol += n_extra;
3396 # endif
3398 #endif
3400 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3402 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3403 if (saved_n_extra)
3405 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3406 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3407 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3408 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3409 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3411 else
3412 char_attr = 0;
3416 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3417 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3418 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3419 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3420 && filler_todo <= 0
3421 #endif
3424 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3425 wp->w_p_rl);
3426 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3427 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3428 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3429 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3430 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3431 else
3432 #endif
3433 row = wp->w_height;
3434 break;
3437 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3439 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3440 if (vcol == fromcol
3441 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3442 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3443 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3444 #endif
3445 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3446 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3447 && vcol < tocol))
3448 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3449 else if (area_attr != 0
3450 && (vcol == tocol
3451 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3452 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3454 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3455 if (!n_extra)
3458 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3459 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3460 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3461 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3462 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3463 * priority).
3465 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3466 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3467 shl_flag = FALSE;
3468 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3470 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3471 && ((cur != NULL
3472 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3473 || cur == NULL))
3475 shl = &search_hl;
3476 shl_flag = TRUE;
3478 else
3479 shl = &cur->hl;
3480 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3482 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3483 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3484 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3486 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3488 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3490 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3492 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3494 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3495 * may have made it invalid. */
3496 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3497 ptr = line + v;
3499 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3501 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3502 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3503 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3504 else
3505 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3507 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3509 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3510 * it */
3511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3512 if (has_mbyte)
3513 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3514 + shl->endcol);
3515 else
3516 #endif
3517 ++shl->endcol;
3520 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3521 * current position */
3522 continue;
3525 break;
3527 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3528 cur = cur->next;
3531 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3532 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3533 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3534 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3535 shl_flag = FALSE;
3536 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3538 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3539 && ((cur != NULL
3540 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3541 || cur == NULL))
3543 shl = &search_hl;
3544 shl_flag = TRUE;
3546 else
3547 shl = &cur->hl;
3548 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3549 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3550 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3551 cur = cur->next;
3554 #endif
3556 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3557 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3559 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3560 && n_extra == 0)
3561 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3562 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3563 && n_extra == 0)
3564 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3565 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3567 #endif
3569 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3570 attr_pri = TRUE;
3571 if (area_attr != 0)
3572 char_attr = area_attr;
3573 else if (search_attr != 0)
3574 char_attr = search_attr;
3575 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3576 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3577 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3578 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3579 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev
3580 || vcol >= tocol))
3581 char_attr = line_attr;
3582 #endif
3583 else
3585 attr_pri = FALSE;
3586 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3587 if (has_syntax)
3588 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3589 else
3590 #endif
3591 char_attr = 0;
3596 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3599 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3600 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3601 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3602 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3603 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3604 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3606 if (n_extra > 0)
3608 if (c_extra != NUL)
3610 c = c_extra;
3611 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3612 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3613 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3615 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3616 u8cc[0] = 0;
3617 c = 0xc0;
3619 else
3620 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3621 #endif
3623 else
3625 c = *p_extra;
3626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3627 if (has_mbyte)
3629 mb_c = c;
3630 if (enc_utf8)
3632 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3633 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3634 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3635 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3636 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3637 mb_l = 1;
3638 else if (mb_l > 1)
3640 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3641 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3642 c = 0xc0;
3645 else
3647 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3648 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3649 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3650 mb_l = 1;
3651 else if (mb_l > 1)
3652 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3654 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3655 mb_l = 1;
3657 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3658 * last column. */
3659 if ((
3660 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3661 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3662 # endif
3663 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3664 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3666 c = '>';
3667 mb_c = c;
3668 mb_l = 1;
3669 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3670 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3671 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3672 * character at the start of the next line. */
3673 ++n_extra;
3674 --p_extra;
3676 else
3678 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3679 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3682 #endif
3683 ++p_extra;
3685 --n_extra;
3687 else
3690 * Get a character from the line itself.
3692 c = *ptr;
3693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3694 if (has_mbyte)
3696 mb_c = c;
3697 if (enc_utf8)
3699 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3700 * into "mb_c". */
3701 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3702 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3703 if (mb_l > 1)
3705 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3706 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3707 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3708 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3709 c = mb_c;
3710 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3712 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3713 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3714 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3716 int i;
3718 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3719 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3720 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3721 mb_c = ' ';
3725 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3726 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3727 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3728 # ifdef UNICODE16
3729 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3730 # endif
3734 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3735 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3737 # ifdef UNICODE16
3738 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3739 # endif
3741 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3742 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3743 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3744 rl_mirror(extra);
3745 # endif
3747 # ifdef UNICODE16
3748 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3749 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3750 else
3751 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3752 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3753 # endif
3755 p_extra = extra;
3756 c = *p_extra;
3757 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3758 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3759 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3760 c_extra = NUL;
3761 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3763 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3764 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3765 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3768 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3769 mb_l = 1;
3770 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3771 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3773 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3774 int pc, pc1, nc;
3775 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3777 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3778 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3779 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3781 pc = prev_c;
3782 pc1 = prev_c1;
3783 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3784 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3786 else
3788 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3789 nc = prev_c;
3790 pc1 = pcc[0];
3792 prev_c = mb_c;
3794 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3796 else
3797 prev_c = mb_c;
3798 #endif
3800 else /* enc_dbcs */
3802 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3803 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3804 mb_l = 1;
3805 else if (mb_l > 1)
3807 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3808 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3810 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3811 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3812 else
3814 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3816 /* head byte at end of line */
3817 mb_l = 1;
3818 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3820 else
3822 /* illegal tail byte */
3823 mb_l = 2;
3824 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3826 p_extra = extra;
3827 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3828 c_extra = NUL;
3829 c = *p_extra++;
3830 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3832 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3833 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3834 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3836 mb_c = c;
3840 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3841 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3842 * next line. */
3843 if ((
3844 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3845 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3846 # endif
3847 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3848 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3850 c = '>';
3851 mb_c = c;
3852 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3853 mb_l = 1;
3854 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3855 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3856 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3857 --ptr;
3859 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3860 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3862 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3863 * a '<' in the first column. */
3864 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3866 n_extra = 1;
3867 c_extra = '<';
3868 c = ' ';
3869 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3871 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3872 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3873 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3875 mb_c = c;
3876 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3877 mb_l = 1;
3881 #endif
3882 ++ptr;
3884 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3885 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3887 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3888 #endif
3889 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3891 c = lcs_nbsp;
3892 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3894 n_attr = 1;
3895 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3896 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3899 mb_c = c;
3900 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3902 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3903 u8cc[0] = 0;
3904 c = 0xc0;
3906 else
3907 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3908 #endif
3911 if (extra_check)
3913 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3914 int can_spell = TRUE;
3915 #endif
3917 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3918 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3919 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3920 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3921 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3923 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3924 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3925 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3926 did_emsg = FALSE;
3928 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3929 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3930 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3931 # endif
3932 NULL, FALSE);
3934 if (did_emsg)
3936 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3937 has_syntax = FALSE;
3939 else
3940 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3942 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3943 * have made it invalid. */
3944 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3945 ptr = line + v;
3947 if (!attr_pri)
3948 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3949 else
3950 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3952 #endif
3954 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3955 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3956 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3957 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3958 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3959 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3961 spell_attr = 0;
3962 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3963 if (!attr_pri)
3964 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3965 # endif
3966 if (c != 0 && (
3967 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3968 !has_syntax ||
3969 # endif
3970 can_spell))
3972 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3973 int len;
3974 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3975 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3976 if (has_mbyte)
3978 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3979 v -= mb_l - 1;
3981 else
3982 # endif
3983 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3985 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3986 * next line concatenated. */
3987 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3988 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3989 else
3990 p = prev_ptr;
3991 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3992 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3993 nochange);
3994 word_end = v + len;
3996 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3997 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3998 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3999 && (State & INSERT) != 0
4000 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
4001 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
4002 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
4003 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
4005 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
4006 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
4009 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
4010 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
4012 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
4013 * start of the next line. */
4014 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
4015 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
4018 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
4019 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
4020 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4022 if (cap_col > 0)
4024 if (p != prev_ptr
4025 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4027 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4028 * must start with a capital. */
4029 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4030 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4031 - nextline_idx);
4033 else
4034 /* Compute the actual column. */
4035 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4039 if (spell_attr != 0)
4041 if (!attr_pri)
4042 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4043 else
4044 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4046 #endif
4047 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4049 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4051 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4052 && !wp->w_p_list)
4054 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4055 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4056 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4057 # endif
4058 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4059 c_extra = ' ';
4060 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4061 c = ' ';
4063 #endif
4065 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4067 c = lcs_trail;
4068 if (!attr_pri)
4070 n_attr = 1;
4071 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4072 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4075 mb_c = c;
4076 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4078 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4079 u8cc[0] = 0;
4080 c = 0xc0;
4082 else
4083 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4084 #endif
4089 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4091 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4094 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4095 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4096 * into "ScreenLines".
4098 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4100 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4101 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4102 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4104 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4105 #endif
4106 if (wp->w_p_list)
4108 c = lcs_tab1;
4109 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4110 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4111 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4112 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4113 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4114 mb_c = c;
4115 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4117 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4118 u8cc[0] = 0;
4119 c = 0xc0;
4121 #endif
4123 else
4125 c_extra = ' ';
4126 c = ' ';
4129 else if (c == NUL
4130 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4131 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4132 && tocol > vcol
4133 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4134 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4135 #endif
4136 && (
4137 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4138 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4139 # endif
4140 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4141 && !(noinvcur
4142 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4143 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4144 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4146 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4147 * character if the line break is included. */
4148 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4149 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4150 * "$". */
4151 if (
4152 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4153 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4154 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4156 # endif
4157 # endif
4158 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4159 line_attr == 0
4160 # endif
4162 #endif
4164 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4165 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4166 * beyond end of line. */
4167 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4168 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4169 n_extra = 0;
4170 else
4171 #endif
4173 p_extra = at_end_str;
4174 n_extra = 1;
4175 c_extra = NUL;
4178 if (wp->w_p_list)
4179 c = lcs_eol;
4180 else
4181 c = ' ';
4182 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4183 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4184 if (!attr_pri)
4186 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4187 n_attr = 1;
4189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4190 mb_c = c;
4191 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4193 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4194 u8cc[0] = 0;
4195 c = 0xc0;
4197 else
4198 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4199 #endif
4201 else if (c != NUL)
4203 p_extra = transchar(c);
4204 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4205 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4206 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4207 #endif
4208 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4209 c_extra = NUL;
4210 c = *p_extra++;
4211 if (!attr_pri)
4213 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4214 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4215 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4217 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4218 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4219 #endif
4221 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4222 else if (VIsual_active
4223 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4224 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4225 && virtual_active()
4226 && tocol != MAXCOL
4227 && vcol < tocol
4228 && (
4229 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4230 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4231 # endif
4232 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4234 c = ' ';
4235 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4237 #endif
4238 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4239 else if ((
4240 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4241 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4242 # endif
4243 line_attr != 0
4244 ) && (
4245 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4246 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4247 # endif
4248 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4250 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4251 c = ' ';
4252 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4254 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4255 ++did_line_attr;
4257 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4258 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4259 char_attr = line_attr;
4260 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4261 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4263 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4264 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4265 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4267 # endif
4269 #endif
4273 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4274 if (n_attr > 0
4275 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4276 && !attr_pri)
4277 char_attr = extra_attr;
4279 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4280 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4281 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4282 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4283 if (xic != NULL
4284 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
4285 && (State & INSERT)
4286 && !p_imdisable
4287 && im_is_preediting()
4288 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4290 colnr_T tcol;
4292 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4293 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4294 else
4295 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4296 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4298 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4300 feedback_col = 0;
4301 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4303 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4304 if (char_attr < 0)
4305 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4306 feedback_col++;
4308 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4310 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4311 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4312 feedback_col = 0;
4315 #endif
4317 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4318 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4319 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4321 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4322 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4323 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4324 && filler_todo <= 0
4325 #endif
4326 && draw_state > WL_NR
4327 && c != NUL)
4329 c = lcs_prec;
4330 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4332 mb_c = c;
4333 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4335 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4336 u8cc[0] = 0;
4337 c = 0xc0;
4339 else
4340 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4341 #endif
4342 if (!attr_pri)
4344 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4345 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4346 n_attr3 = 1;
4351 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4353 if (c == NUL
4354 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4355 || did_line_attr == 1
4356 #endif
4359 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4360 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4362 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4363 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4364 ++prevcol;
4365 #endif
4367 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4368 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4369 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4370 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4371 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4372 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4373 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4374 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4375 else
4377 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4378 while (cur != NULL)
4380 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4382 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4383 break;
4385 cur = cur->next;
4388 #endif
4389 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4390 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol
4391 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4392 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4393 || lnum == VIsual.lnum
4394 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4395 #endif
4396 && c == NUL)
4397 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4398 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4399 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4400 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4401 && did_line_attr <= 1
4402 # endif
4404 #endif
4407 int n = 0;
4409 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4410 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4412 if (col < 0)
4413 n = 1;
4415 else
4416 #endif
4418 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4419 n = -1;
4421 if (n != 0)
4423 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4424 * instead (better than nothing). */
4425 off += n;
4426 col += n;
4428 else
4430 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4431 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4433 if (enc_utf8)
4434 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4435 #endif
4437 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4438 if (area_attr == 0)
4440 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4441 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4442 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4443 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4444 shl_flag = FALSE;
4445 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4447 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4448 && ((cur != NULL
4449 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4450 || cur == NULL))
4452 shl = &search_hl;
4453 shl_flag = TRUE;
4455 else
4456 shl = &cur->hl;
4457 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4458 char_attr = shl->attr;
4459 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4460 cur = cur->next;
4463 #endif
4464 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4466 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4468 --col;
4469 --off;
4471 else
4472 #endif
4474 ++col;
4475 ++off;
4477 ++vcol;
4478 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4479 eol_hl_off = 1;
4480 #endif
4485 * At end of the text line.
4487 if (c == NUL)
4489 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4490 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4491 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
4493 /* highlight last char after line */
4494 --col;
4495 --off;
4496 --vcol;
4499 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4500 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4501 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4502 else
4503 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4504 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4505 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4507 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4508 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4509 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4510 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4512 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4513 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4514 && !wp->w_p_rl
4515 # endif
4518 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4520 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4522 if (enc_utf8)
4523 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4524 #endif
4525 ++col;
4526 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4528 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4529 break;
4531 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4532 ++vcol;
4535 #endif
4537 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4538 wp->w_p_rl);
4539 row++;
4542 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4543 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4545 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4547 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4548 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4549 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4550 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4551 #endif
4552 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4555 break;
4558 /* line continues beyond line end */
4559 if (lcs_ext
4560 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4561 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4562 && filler_todo <= 0
4563 #endif
4564 && (
4565 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4566 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4567 #endif
4568 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4569 && (*ptr != NUL
4570 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4571 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4573 c = lcs_ext;
4574 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4576 mb_c = c;
4577 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4579 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4580 u8cc[0] = 0;
4581 c = 0xc0;
4583 else
4584 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4585 #endif
4588 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4589 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4590 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4591 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4592 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4593 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4594 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4596 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4597 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4599 else
4600 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4601 #endif
4604 * Store character to be displayed.
4605 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4607 vcol_prev = vcol;
4608 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4611 * Store the character.
4613 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4614 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4616 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4617 --off;
4618 --col;
4620 #endif
4621 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4623 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4624 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4625 else if (enc_utf8)
4627 if (mb_utf8)
4629 int i;
4631 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4632 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4633 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4634 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4636 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4637 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4638 break;
4641 else
4642 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4644 if (multi_attr)
4646 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4647 multi_attr = 0;
4649 else
4650 #endif
4651 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4654 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4656 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4657 ++off;
4658 ++col;
4659 if (enc_utf8)
4660 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4661 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4662 else
4663 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4664 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4665 ++vcol;
4666 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4667 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4668 if (tocol == vcol)
4669 ++tocol;
4670 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4671 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4673 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4674 --off;
4675 --col;
4677 #endif
4679 #endif
4680 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4681 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4683 --off;
4684 --col;
4686 else
4687 #endif
4689 ++off;
4690 ++col;
4693 else
4694 --n_skip;
4696 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4697 if (draw_state > WL_NR
4698 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4699 && filler_todo <= 0
4700 #endif
4702 ++vcol;
4704 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4705 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4706 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4707 #endif
4709 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4710 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4711 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4713 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4714 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4715 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4718 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4719 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4721 if ((
4722 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4723 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4724 #endif
4725 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4726 && (*ptr != NUL
4727 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4728 || filler_todo > 0
4729 #endif
4730 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4731 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4734 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4735 wp->w_p_rl);
4736 ++row;
4737 ++screen_row;
4739 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4740 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4741 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4742 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4743 && filler_todo <= 0
4744 #endif
4745 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4746 break;
4748 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4749 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4750 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4751 && filler_todo <= 0
4752 #endif
4755 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4756 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4757 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4758 #endif
4759 row = endrow;
4762 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4763 if (row == endrow)
4765 ++row;
4766 break;
4769 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4770 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4771 && filler_todo <= 0
4772 #endif
4773 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4775 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4776 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4779 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4780 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4781 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4782 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4783 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4784 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4785 * (something has been written in it).
4786 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4787 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4788 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4790 if (p_tf
4791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4792 && !gui.in_use
4793 #endif
4794 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4795 && !(has_mbyte
4796 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4797 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4798 == 2
4799 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4800 + (int)Columns - 2,
4801 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4802 == 2))
4803 #endif
4806 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4807 * then output the same character again to let the
4808 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4809 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4810 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4811 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4812 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4813 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4815 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4816 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4817 * space to keep it simple. */
4818 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4819 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4820 out_char(' ');
4821 else
4822 #endif
4823 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4824 + (Columns - 1)]);
4825 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4826 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4827 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4831 col = 0;
4832 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4833 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4834 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4836 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4837 off += col;
4839 #endif
4841 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4842 draw_state = WL_START;
4843 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4844 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4845 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4846 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4847 n_extra = 0;
4848 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4849 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4850 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4851 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4852 # endif
4853 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4854 #endif
4855 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4856 --filler_todo;
4857 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4858 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4859 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4860 break;
4861 #endif
4864 } /* for every character in the line */
4866 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4867 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4868 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4870 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4871 cap_col = 0;
4873 #endif
4875 return row;
4878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4879 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4882 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4884 static int
4885 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4886 int off_from;
4887 int off_to;
4889 int i;
4891 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4893 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4894 return TRUE;
4895 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4896 break;
4898 return FALSE;
4900 #endif
4903 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4904 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4905 * - the attributes are different
4906 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4907 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4909 static int
4910 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4911 int off_from;
4912 int off_to;
4913 int cols;
4915 if (cols > 0
4916 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4917 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4920 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4921 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4922 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4923 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4924 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4925 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4926 || (enc_utf8
4927 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4928 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4929 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4930 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4931 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4932 #endif
4934 return TRUE;
4935 return FALSE;
4939 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4940 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4941 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4942 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4943 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4944 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4945 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4946 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4947 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4949 static void
4950 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4951 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4952 , rlflag
4953 #endif
4955 int row;
4956 int coloff;
4957 int endcol;
4958 int clear_width;
4959 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4960 int rlflag;
4961 #endif
4963 unsigned off_from;
4964 unsigned off_to;
4965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4966 unsigned max_off_from;
4967 unsigned max_off_to;
4968 #endif
4969 int col = 0;
4970 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4971 int hl;
4972 #endif
4973 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4974 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4975 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4976 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4977 #endif
4979 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4981 int clear_next = FALSE;
4982 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4983 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4984 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4985 #else
4986 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4987 #endif
4989 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4990 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4991 # endif
4993 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4994 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4995 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4996 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4997 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4998 #endif
5000 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5001 if (rlflag)
5003 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
5004 if (clear_width > 0)
5006 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5007 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5008 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5009 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5010 # endif
5013 ++off_to;
5014 ++col;
5016 if (col <= endcol)
5017 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
5018 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
5020 col = endcol + 1;
5021 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
5022 off_from += col;
5023 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
5025 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
5027 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
5029 while (col < endcol)
5031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5032 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5033 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5034 else
5035 char_cells = 1;
5036 #endif
5038 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5039 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5040 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5042 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5043 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5044 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5045 * happens in the GUI.
5047 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5049 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5050 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5051 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5052 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5053 redraw_this = TRUE;
5055 #endif
5057 if (redraw_this)
5060 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5061 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5062 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5063 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5064 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5065 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5066 * character.
5067 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5068 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5069 * completely.
5071 if ( p_wiv
5072 && !force
5073 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5074 && !gui.in_use
5075 #endif
5076 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5077 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5080 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5082 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5083 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5084 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5085 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5086 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5089 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5090 * highlighting at this character.
5092 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5094 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5095 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5096 screen_stop_highlight();
5098 else
5099 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5102 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5104 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5105 * the other way around requires another character to be
5106 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5107 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5108 if (char_cells == 1
5109 && col + 1 < endcol
5110 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5112 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5113 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5114 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5115 redraw_next = TRUE;
5117 else if (char_cells == 2
5118 && col + 2 < endcol
5119 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5120 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5122 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5123 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5124 * cell. */
5125 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5126 redraw_next = TRUE;
5129 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5130 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5132 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5133 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5134 * the right halve of the old character.
5135 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5136 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5137 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5138 && ((char_cells == 1
5139 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5140 || (char_cells == 2
5141 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5142 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5143 clear_next = TRUE;
5144 #endif
5146 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5148 if (enc_utf8)
5150 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5151 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5153 int i;
5155 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5156 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5159 if (char_cells == 2)
5160 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5161 #endif
5163 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5164 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the
5165 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5166 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5167 * and for some xterms. */
5168 if (
5169 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5170 gui.in_use
5171 # endif
5172 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5174 # endif
5175 # ifdef UNIX
5176 term_is_xterm
5177 # endif
5180 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5181 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5182 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5183 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5184 redraw_next = TRUE;
5186 #endif
5187 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5189 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5190 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5191 if (char_cells == 2)
5192 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5194 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5195 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5196 else
5197 #endif
5198 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5200 else if ( p_wiv
5201 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5202 && !gui.in_use
5203 #endif
5204 && col + coloff > 0)
5206 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5209 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5210 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5212 screen_attr = 0;
5214 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5215 screen_stop_highlight();
5218 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5219 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5220 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5224 if (clear_next)
5226 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5227 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5228 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5229 if (enc_utf8)
5230 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5231 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5233 #endif
5235 if (clear_width > 0
5236 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5237 && !rlflag
5238 #endif
5241 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5242 int startCol = col;
5243 #endif
5245 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5246 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5247 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5248 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5249 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5250 #endif
5253 ++off_to;
5254 ++col;
5256 if (col < clear_width)
5258 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5260 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5261 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5262 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5263 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5264 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5266 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5268 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5269 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5271 int prev_cells = 1;
5272 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5273 if (enc_utf8)
5274 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5275 * that its width is 2. */
5276 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5277 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5279 /* find previous character by counting from first
5280 * column and get its width. */
5281 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5282 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5284 while (off < off_to)
5286 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5287 off += prev_cells;
5291 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5292 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5293 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5294 else
5295 # endif
5296 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5297 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5300 #endif
5301 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5302 ' ', ' ', 0);
5303 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5304 off_to += clear_width - col;
5305 col = clear_width;
5306 #endif
5310 if (clear_width > 0)
5312 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5313 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5314 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5316 int c;
5318 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5319 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5320 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5321 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5322 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5323 # endif
5324 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5326 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5327 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5328 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5329 if (enc_utf8)
5331 if (c >= 0x80)
5333 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5334 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5336 else
5337 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5339 # endif
5340 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5343 else
5344 #endif
5345 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5349 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5351 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5352 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5354 void
5355 rl_mirror(str)
5356 char_u *str;
5358 char_u *p1, *p2;
5359 int t;
5361 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5363 t = *p1;
5364 *p1 = *p2;
5365 *p2 = t;
5368 #endif
5370 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5372 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5374 void
5375 status_redraw_all()
5377 win_T *wp;
5379 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5380 if (wp->w_status_height)
5382 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5383 redraw_later(VALID);
5388 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5390 void
5391 status_redraw_curbuf()
5393 win_T *wp;
5395 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5396 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5398 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5399 redraw_later(VALID);
5404 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5406 void
5407 redraw_statuslines()
5409 win_T *wp;
5411 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5412 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5413 win_redr_status(wp);
5414 if (redraw_tabline)
5415 draw_tabline();
5417 #endif
5419 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5421 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5423 void
5424 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5425 frame_T *frp;
5427 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5428 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5429 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5431 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5432 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5434 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5436 frp = frp->fr_child;
5437 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5438 frp = frp->fr_next;
5439 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5442 #endif
5444 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5446 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5448 static void
5449 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5450 win_T *wp;
5451 int row;
5453 int hl;
5454 int c;
5456 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5458 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5459 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5460 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5461 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5462 c, ' ', hl);
5465 #endif
5467 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5468 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5469 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5472 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5474 static int
5475 status_match_len(xp, s)
5476 expand_T *xp;
5477 char_u *s;
5479 int len = 0;
5481 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5482 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5483 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5485 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5486 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5487 return 1;
5488 #endif
5490 while (*s != NUL)
5492 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5493 len += ptr2cells(s);
5494 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5497 return len;
5501 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5502 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5504 static int
5505 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5506 expand_T *xp;
5507 char_u *s;
5509 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5510 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5511 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5512 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5513 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5514 #endif
5517 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5518 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5519 return 2;
5520 #endif
5521 return 1;
5523 return 0;
5527 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5528 * Show at least the "match" item.
5529 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5531 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5533 void
5534 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5535 expand_T *xp;
5536 int num_matches;
5537 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5538 int match;
5539 int showtail;
5541 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5542 int row;
5543 char_u *buf;
5544 int len;
5545 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5546 int fillchar;
5547 int attr;
5548 int i;
5549 int highlight = TRUE;
5550 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5551 int selstart_col = 0;
5552 char_u *selend = NULL;
5553 static int first_match = 0;
5554 int add_left = FALSE;
5555 char_u *s;
5556 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5557 int emenu;
5558 #endif
5559 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5560 int l;
5561 #endif
5563 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5564 return;
5566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5567 if (has_mbyte)
5568 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5569 else
5570 #endif
5571 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5572 if (buf == NULL)
5573 return;
5575 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5577 match = 0;
5578 highlight = FALSE;
5580 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5581 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5582 if (match == 0)
5583 first_match = 0;
5584 else if (match < first_match)
5586 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5587 first_match = match;
5588 add_left = TRUE;
5590 else
5592 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5593 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5594 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5595 if (first_match > 0)
5596 clen += 2;
5597 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5598 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5600 first_match = match;
5601 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5602 clen = 2;
5603 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5605 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5606 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5607 break;
5609 if (i == num_matches)
5610 add_left = TRUE;
5613 if (add_left)
5614 while (first_match > 0)
5616 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5617 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5618 break;
5619 --first_match;
5622 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5624 if (first_match == 0)
5626 *buf = NUL;
5627 len = 0;
5629 else
5631 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5632 len = 2;
5634 clen = len;
5636 i = first_match;
5637 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5639 if (i == match)
5641 selstart = buf + len;
5642 selstart_col = clen;
5645 s = L_MATCH(i);
5646 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5647 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5648 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5649 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5650 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5652 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5653 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5654 len += l;
5655 clen += l;
5657 else
5658 #endif
5659 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5661 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5662 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5664 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5666 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5667 s += l - 1;
5668 len += l;
5670 else
5671 #endif
5673 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5674 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5677 if (i == match)
5678 selend = buf + len;
5680 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5681 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5682 clen += 2;
5683 if (++i == num_matches)
5684 break;
5687 if (i != num_matches)
5689 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5690 ++clen;
5693 buf[len] = NUL;
5695 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5696 if (row >= 0)
5698 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5700 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5702 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5703 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5704 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5706 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5707 ++msg_scrolled;
5709 else
5711 ++cmdline_row;
5712 ++row;
5714 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5716 else
5718 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5719 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5720 * resized. */
5721 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5723 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5724 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5725 p_ls = 2;
5726 p_wmh = 0;
5727 last_status(FALSE);
5729 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5733 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5734 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5736 *selend = NUL;
5737 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5740 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5743 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5744 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5745 #else
5746 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5747 #endif
5748 vim_free(buf);
5750 #endif
5752 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5754 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5756 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5758 void
5759 win_redr_status(wp)
5760 win_T *wp;
5762 int row;
5763 char_u *p;
5764 int len;
5765 int fillchar;
5766 int attr;
5767 int this_ru_col;
5768 static int busy = FALSE;
5770 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly)
5771 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */
5772 if (busy)
5773 return;
5774 busy = TRUE;
5776 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5777 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5779 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5780 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5782 else if (!redrawing()
5783 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5784 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5785 * drawn over it */
5786 || pum_visible()
5787 #endif
5790 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5791 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5793 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5794 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5796 /* redraw custom status line */
5797 redraw_custom_statusline(wp);
5799 #endif
5800 else
5802 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5804 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5805 p = NameBuff;
5806 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5808 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5809 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5810 || wp->w_p_pvw
5811 #endif
5812 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5813 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5814 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5815 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5817 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5818 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5820 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5821 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5823 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5824 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5826 #endif
5827 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5829 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5830 len += 3;
5832 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5834 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5835 len += 4;
5838 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5839 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5840 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5841 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5842 #else
5843 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5844 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5845 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5846 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5848 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5849 len = 1;
5851 else
5852 #endif
5853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5854 if (has_mbyte)
5856 int clen = 0, i;
5858 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5859 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5860 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5861 /* Find first character that will fit.
5862 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5863 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5864 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5865 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5866 len = clen;
5867 if (i > 0)
5869 p = p + i - 1;
5870 *p = '<';
5871 ++len;
5875 else
5876 #endif
5877 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5879 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5880 *p = '<';
5881 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5884 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5885 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5886 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5887 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5889 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5890 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5891 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5892 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5894 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5895 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5896 #endif
5899 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5901 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5903 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5905 if (stl_connected(wp))
5906 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5907 else
5908 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5909 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5910 attr);
5912 #endif
5913 busy = FALSE;
5916 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5918 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5919 * errors encountered.
5921 static void
5922 redraw_custom_statusline(wp)
5923 win_T *wp;
5925 static int entered = FALSE;
5926 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5928 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline
5929 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */
5930 if (entered)
5931 return;
5932 entered = TRUE;
5934 called_emsg = FALSE;
5935 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5936 if (called_emsg)
5938 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the
5939 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem
5940 * again and again. */
5941 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5942 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5943 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5945 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5946 entered = FALSE;
5948 #endif
5950 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5952 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5953 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5954 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5957 stl_connected(wp)
5958 win_T *wp;
5960 frame_T *fr;
5962 fr = wp->w_frame;
5963 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5965 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5967 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5968 break;
5970 else
5972 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5973 return TRUE;
5975 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5977 return FALSE;
5979 # endif
5981 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5983 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5985 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5988 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5989 win_T *wp;
5990 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5991 int len; /* length of buffer */
5993 char_u *p;
5995 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5996 return FALSE;
5999 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6000 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
6001 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
6002 char_u *s;
6004 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
6005 curwin = wp;
6006 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
6007 ++emsg_skip;
6008 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
6009 --emsg_skip;
6010 curbuf = old_curbuf;
6011 curwin = old_curwin;
6012 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
6013 #endif
6015 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
6016 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
6017 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
6018 else
6019 #endif
6020 p = (char_u *)"lang";
6022 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
6023 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
6024 else
6025 buf[0] = NUL;
6026 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6027 vim_free(s);
6028 #endif
6030 return buf[0] != NUL;
6032 #endif
6034 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
6036 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
6037 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
6039 static void
6040 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
6041 win_T *wp;
6042 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
6044 int attr;
6045 int curattr;
6046 int row;
6047 int col = 0;
6048 int maxwidth;
6049 int width;
6050 int n;
6051 int len;
6052 int fillchar;
6053 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6054 char_u *stl;
6055 char_u *p;
6056 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6057 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6058 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6060 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6061 if (wp == NULL)
6063 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6064 stl = p_tal;
6065 row = 0;
6066 fillchar = ' ';
6067 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6068 maxwidth = Columns;
6069 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6070 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6071 # endif
6073 else
6075 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6076 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6077 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6079 if (draw_ruler)
6081 stl = p_ruf;
6082 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6083 if (*stl == '%')
6085 if (*++stl == '-')
6086 stl++;
6087 if (atoi((char *)stl))
6088 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl))
6089 stl++;
6090 if (*stl++ != '(')
6091 stl = p_ruf;
6093 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6094 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6095 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6096 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6097 #else
6098 col = ru_col;
6099 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6100 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6101 #endif
6102 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6103 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6104 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6105 #endif
6107 row = Rows - 1;
6108 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6109 fillchar = ' ';
6110 attr = 0;
6113 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6114 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6115 # endif
6117 else
6119 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6120 stl = wp->w_p_stl;
6121 else
6122 stl = p_stl;
6123 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6124 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6125 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6126 # endif
6129 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6130 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6131 #endif
6134 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6135 return;
6137 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that
6138 * might change the option value and free the memory. */
6139 stl = vim_strsave(stl);
6140 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6141 buf, sizeof(buf),
6142 stl, use_sandbox,
6143 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6144 vim_free(stl);
6145 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6147 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1)
6149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6150 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6151 #else
6152 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6153 #endif
6154 ++width;
6156 buf[len] = NUL;
6159 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6161 curattr = attr;
6162 p = buf;
6163 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6165 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6166 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6167 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6168 p = hltab[n].start;
6170 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6171 curattr = attr;
6172 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6173 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6174 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6175 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6176 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6177 #endif
6178 else
6179 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6181 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6183 if (wp == NULL)
6185 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6186 col = 0;
6187 len = 0;
6188 p = buf;
6189 fillchar = 0;
6190 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6192 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6193 while (col < len)
6194 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6195 p = tabtab[n].start;
6196 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6198 while (col < Columns)
6199 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6203 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6206 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6208 void
6209 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6210 int c;
6211 int row, col;
6212 int attr;
6214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6215 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6217 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6218 #else
6219 char_u buf[2];
6221 buf[0] = c;
6222 buf[1] = NUL;
6223 #endif
6224 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6228 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6229 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6231 void
6232 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6233 int row, col;
6234 char_u *bytes;
6235 int *attrp;
6237 unsigned off;
6239 /* safety check */
6240 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6242 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6243 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6244 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6245 bytes[1] = NUL;
6247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6248 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6249 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6250 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6252 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6253 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6254 bytes[2] = NUL;
6256 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6258 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6259 bytes[2] = NUL;
6261 #endif
6265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6266 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6269 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6270 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6272 static int
6273 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6274 int off;
6275 int *u8cc;
6277 int i;
6279 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6281 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6282 return TRUE;
6283 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6284 break;
6286 return FALSE;
6288 #endif
6291 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6292 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6293 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6294 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6296 void
6297 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6298 char_u *text;
6299 int row;
6300 int col;
6301 int attr;
6303 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6307 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6308 * a NUL.
6310 void
6311 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6312 char_u *text;
6313 int len;
6314 int row;
6315 int col;
6316 int attr;
6318 unsigned off;
6319 char_u *ptr = text;
6320 int c;
6321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6322 unsigned max_off;
6323 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6324 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6325 int u8c = 0;
6326 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6327 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6328 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6329 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6330 int pc, nc, nc1;
6331 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6332 # endif
6333 #endif
6334 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6335 int force_redraw_this;
6336 int force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6337 #endif
6338 int need_redraw;
6340 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6341 return;
6342 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6345 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6346 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6347 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6348 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6349 && !gui.in_use
6350 # endif
6351 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6353 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' ';
6354 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0;
6355 if (enc_utf8)
6357 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0;
6358 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0;
6360 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */
6361 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1);
6362 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */
6363 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6365 #endif
6367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6368 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6369 #endif
6370 while (col < screen_Columns
6371 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6372 && *ptr != NUL)
6374 c = *ptr;
6375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6376 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6377 if (has_mbyte)
6379 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6380 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6381 else
6382 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6383 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6384 mbyte_cells = 1;
6385 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6386 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6387 else /* enc_utf8 */
6389 if (len >= 0)
6390 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6391 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6392 else
6393 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6394 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6395 # ifdef UNICODE16
6396 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6397 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6399 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6400 if (attr == 0)
6401 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6403 # endif
6404 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6405 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6407 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6408 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6410 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6411 nc = NUL;
6412 nc1 = NUL;
6414 else
6416 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc,
6417 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen));
6418 nc1 = pcc[0];
6420 pc = prev_c;
6421 prev_c = u8c;
6422 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6424 else
6425 prev_c = u8c;
6426 # endif
6429 #endif
6431 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6432 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next;
6433 force_redraw_next = FALSE;
6434 #endif
6436 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c
6437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6438 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6439 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6440 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6441 && c == 0x8e
6442 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6443 || (enc_utf8
6444 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
6445 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6446 #endif
6447 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6448 || exmode_active;
6450 if (need_redraw
6451 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6452 || force_redraw_this
6453 #endif
6456 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6457 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6458 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6459 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6460 * and for some xterms. */
6461 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && (
6462 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6463 gui.in_use
6464 # endif
6465 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6467 # endif
6468 # ifdef UNIX
6469 term_is_xterm
6470 # endif
6473 int n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6475 if (n > HL_ALL)
6476 n = syn_attr2attr(n);
6477 if (n & HL_BOLD)
6478 force_redraw_next = TRUE;
6480 #endif
6481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6482 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6483 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6484 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6485 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6486 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6487 if (clear_next_cell)
6488 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6489 else if (has_mbyte
6490 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6491 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6492 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6493 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6494 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6495 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6496 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6498 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6499 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6500 if (enc_dbcs
6501 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6502 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6503 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6504 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6505 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6506 #endif
6507 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6508 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6509 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6510 if (enc_utf8)
6512 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6513 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6514 else
6516 int i;
6518 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6519 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6521 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6522 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6523 break;
6526 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6528 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6529 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6531 screen_char(off, row, col);
6533 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6535 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6536 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6537 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6539 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6541 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6542 screen_char(off, row, col);
6544 else
6545 #endif
6546 screen_char(off, row, col);
6548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6549 if (has_mbyte)
6551 off += mbyte_cells;
6552 col += mbyte_cells;
6553 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6554 if (clear_next_cell)
6555 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6557 else
6558 #endif
6560 ++off;
6561 ++col;
6562 ++ptr;
6566 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6567 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text
6568 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */
6569 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns)
6571 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6572 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1)
6573 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6574 else
6575 # endif
6576 screen_char(off, row, col);
6578 #endif
6581 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6583 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6585 static void
6586 start_search_hl()
6588 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6590 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6591 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6592 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6593 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6594 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6595 # endif
6600 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6602 static void
6603 end_search_hl()
6605 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6607 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6608 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6613 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6615 static void
6616 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6617 win_T *wp;
6618 linenr_T lnum;
6620 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6621 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6622 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6623 has been processed or not */
6624 int n;
6627 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6628 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6629 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6631 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6632 shl_flag = FALSE;
6633 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6635 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6637 shl = &search_hl;
6638 shl_flag = TRUE;
6640 else
6641 shl = &cur->hl;
6642 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6643 && shl->lnum == 0
6644 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6646 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6648 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6649 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6650 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6651 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6652 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6653 break;
6654 # else
6655 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6656 # endif
6658 n = 0;
6659 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6661 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6662 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6664 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6665 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6666 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6667 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6669 else
6671 ++shl->first_lnum;
6672 n = 0;
6676 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6677 cur = cur->next;
6682 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6683 * Uses shl->buf.
6684 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6685 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6686 * shl->lnum is zero.
6687 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6689 static void
6690 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6691 win_T *win;
6692 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6693 linenr_T lnum;
6694 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6696 linenr_T l;
6697 colnr_T matchcol;
6698 long nmatched;
6700 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6702 /* Check for three situations:
6703 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6704 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6705 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6707 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6708 if (lnum > l)
6709 shl->lnum = 0;
6710 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6711 return;
6715 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6716 * or none is found in this line.
6718 called_emsg = FALSE;
6719 for (;;)
6721 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6722 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6723 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6725 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6726 break;
6728 #endif
6729 /* Three situations:
6730 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6731 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6732 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6733 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6735 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6736 matchcol = 0;
6737 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6738 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6739 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6741 char_u *ml;
6743 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6744 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6745 if (*ml == NUL)
6747 ++matchcol;
6748 shl->lnum = 0;
6749 break;
6751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6752 if (has_mbyte)
6753 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6754 else
6755 #endif
6756 ++matchcol;
6758 else
6759 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6761 shl->lnum = lnum;
6762 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6763 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6764 &(shl->tm)
6765 #else
6766 NULL
6767 #endif
6769 if (called_emsg)
6771 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6772 if (shl == &search_hl)
6774 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6775 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6776 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6778 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6779 shl->lnum = 0;
6780 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6781 break;
6783 if (nmatched == 0)
6785 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6786 break;
6788 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6789 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6790 || nmatched > 1
6791 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6793 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6794 break; /* useful match found */
6798 #endif
6800 static void
6801 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6802 int attr;
6804 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6806 screen_attr = attr;
6807 if (full_screen
6808 #ifdef WIN3264
6809 && termcap_active
6810 #endif
6813 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6814 if (gui.in_use)
6816 char buf[20];
6818 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6819 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6820 OUT_STR(buf);
6822 else
6823 #endif
6825 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6827 if (t_colors > 1)
6828 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6829 else
6830 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6831 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6832 attr = 0;
6833 else
6834 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6836 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6837 out_str(T_MD);
6838 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6839 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6840 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6841 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6842 out_str(T_ME);
6843 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6844 out_str(T_SO);
6845 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6846 /* underline or undercurl */
6847 out_str(T_US);
6848 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6849 out_str(T_CZH);
6850 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6851 out_str(T_MR);
6854 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6855 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6857 if (aep != NULL)
6859 if (t_colors > 1)
6861 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6862 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6863 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6864 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6866 else
6868 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6869 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6876 void
6877 screen_stop_highlight()
6879 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6881 if (screen_attr != 0
6882 #ifdef WIN3264
6883 && termcap_active
6884 #endif
6887 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6888 if (gui.in_use)
6890 char buf[20];
6892 /* use internal GUI code */
6893 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6894 OUT_STR(buf);
6896 else
6897 #endif
6899 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6901 attrentry_T *aep;
6903 if (t_colors > 1)
6906 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6908 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6909 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6910 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6911 do_ME = TRUE;
6913 else
6915 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6916 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6918 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6919 do_ME = TRUE;
6920 else
6921 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6924 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6925 screen_attr = 0;
6926 else
6927 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6931 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6932 * same sequence several times.
6934 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6936 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6937 do_ME = TRUE;
6938 else
6939 out_str(T_SE);
6941 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6943 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6944 do_ME = TRUE;
6945 else
6946 out_str(T_UE);
6948 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6950 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6951 do_ME = TRUE;
6952 else
6953 out_str(T_CZR);
6955 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6956 out_str(T_ME);
6958 if (t_colors > 1)
6960 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6961 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6962 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6963 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6964 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6965 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6966 out_str(T_MD);
6970 screen_attr = 0;
6974 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6975 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6977 void
6978 reset_cterm_colors()
6980 if (t_colors > 1)
6982 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6983 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6985 out_str(T_OP);
6986 screen_attr = -1;
6988 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6990 out_str(T_ME);
6991 screen_attr = -1;
6997 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6998 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
7000 static void
7001 screen_char(off, row, col)
7002 unsigned off;
7003 int row;
7004 int col;
7006 int attr;
7008 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
7009 * resizing). */
7010 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
7011 return;
7013 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7014 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7015 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
7016 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
7017 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
7018 && !cmdmsg_rl
7019 #endif
7022 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7023 return;
7027 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
7029 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
7030 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
7031 attr = screen_char_attr;
7032 else
7033 #endif
7034 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
7035 if (screen_attr != attr)
7036 screen_stop_highlight();
7038 windgoto(row, col);
7040 if (screen_attr != attr)
7041 screen_start_highlight(attr);
7043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7044 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
7046 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7048 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
7050 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
7052 out_str(buf);
7053 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
7054 ++screen_cur_col;
7056 else
7057 #endif
7059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7060 out_flush_check();
7061 #endif
7062 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
7063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7064 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
7065 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
7066 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
7067 #endif
7070 screen_cur_col++;
7073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7076 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
7077 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
7078 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
7079 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
7081 static void
7082 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
7083 unsigned off;
7084 int row;
7085 int col;
7087 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7088 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7089 return;
7091 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7092 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7093 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7095 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7096 return;
7099 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7100 * second byte directly. */
7101 screen_char(off, row, col);
7102 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7103 ++screen_cur_col;
7105 #endif
7107 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7109 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7110 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7112 void
7113 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7114 int row;
7115 int col;
7116 int height;
7117 int width;
7118 int invert;
7120 int r, c;
7121 int off;
7122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7123 int max_off;
7124 #endif
7126 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7127 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7128 return;
7130 if (invert)
7131 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7132 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7134 off = LineOffset[r];
7135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7136 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7137 #endif
7138 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7141 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7143 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7144 ++c;
7146 else
7147 #endif
7149 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7151 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7152 ++c;
7153 #endif
7157 screen_char_attr = 0;
7159 #endif
7161 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7163 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7165 static void
7166 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7167 int row;
7168 int end;
7169 win_T *wp;
7171 int col;
7172 int width;
7174 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7175 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7176 # endif
7178 if (wp == NULL)
7180 col = 0;
7181 width = Columns;
7183 else
7185 col = wp->w_wincol;
7186 width = wp->w_width;
7188 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7190 #endif
7193 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7194 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7195 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7197 void
7198 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7199 int start_row, end_row;
7200 int start_col, end_col;
7201 int c1, c2;
7202 int attr;
7204 int row;
7205 int col;
7206 int off;
7207 int end_off;
7208 int did_delete;
7209 int c;
7210 int norm_term;
7211 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7212 int force_next = FALSE;
7213 #endif
7215 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7216 end_row = screen_Rows;
7217 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7218 end_col = screen_Columns;
7219 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7220 || start_row >= end_row
7221 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7222 return;
7224 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7225 norm_term = (
7226 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7227 !gui.in_use &&
7228 #endif
7229 t_colors <= 1);
7230 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7233 if (has_mbyte
7234 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7235 && !gui.in_use
7236 # endif
7239 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7240 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7241 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7242 * terminal. */
7243 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7244 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7245 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7246 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7248 #endif
7250 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7251 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7252 * space.
7254 did_delete = FALSE;
7255 if (c2 == ' '
7256 && end_col == Columns
7257 && can_clear(T_CE)
7258 && (attr == 0
7259 || (norm_term
7260 && attr <= HL_ALL
7261 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7264 * check if we really need to clear something
7266 col = start_col;
7267 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7268 ++col;
7270 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7271 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7273 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7275 if (enc_utf8)
7276 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7277 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7278 ++off;
7279 else
7280 #endif
7281 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7282 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7283 ++off;
7284 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7286 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7287 screen_stop_highlight();
7288 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7289 out_str(T_CE);
7290 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7291 col = end_col - col;
7292 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7294 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7296 if (enc_utf8)
7297 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7298 #endif
7299 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7300 ++off;
7303 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7306 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7307 c = c1;
7308 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7310 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7312 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7313 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7314 #endif
7315 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7316 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7317 || force_next
7318 #endif
7321 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7322 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7323 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7324 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7325 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7326 if (
7327 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7328 gui.in_use
7329 # endif
7330 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7332 # endif
7333 # ifdef UNIX
7334 term_is_xterm
7335 # endif
7338 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7339 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7340 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7341 force_next = TRUE;
7342 else
7343 force_next = FALSE;
7345 #endif
7346 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7348 if (enc_utf8)
7350 if (c >= 0x80)
7352 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7353 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7355 else
7356 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7358 #endif
7359 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7360 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7361 screen_char(off, row, col);
7363 ++off;
7364 if (col == start_col)
7366 if (did_delete)
7367 break;
7368 c = c2;
7371 if (end_col == Columns)
7372 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7373 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7375 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7376 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7377 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7378 if (start_col == 0)
7379 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7385 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7386 * screen or the command line.
7388 void
7389 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7390 int check_msg_scroll;
7392 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7393 && !did_wait_return
7394 && emsg_silent == 0)
7396 out_flush();
7397 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7398 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7399 if (check_msg_scroll)
7400 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7405 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7406 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7407 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7408 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7411 screen_valid(clear)
7412 int clear;
7414 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7415 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7419 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7420 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7422 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7423 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7424 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7425 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7426 * final size of the shell is needed.
7428 void
7429 screenalloc(clear)
7430 int clear;
7432 int new_row, old_row;
7433 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7434 int old_Rows;
7435 #endif
7436 win_T *wp;
7437 int outofmem = FALSE;
7438 int len;
7439 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7441 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7442 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7443 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7444 int i;
7445 #endif
7446 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7447 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7448 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7449 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7450 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7451 tabpage_T *tp;
7452 #endif
7453 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7454 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7455 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7456 int retry_count = 0;
7458 retry:
7459 #endif
7461 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7462 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7463 * screen stuff.
7465 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7466 && Rows == screen_Rows
7467 && Columns == screen_Columns
7468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7469 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7470 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7471 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7472 #endif
7474 || Rows == 0
7475 || Columns == 0
7476 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7477 return;
7480 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7481 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7482 * return here.
7484 if (entered)
7485 return;
7486 entered = TRUE;
7489 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7490 * thus we must not redraw here!
7492 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7494 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7496 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7499 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7500 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7501 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7502 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7503 * - Free the old arrays.
7505 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7506 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7507 * size is wrong.
7509 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7510 win_free_lsize(wp);
7511 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7512 if (aucmd_win != NULL)
7513 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win);
7514 #endif
7516 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7517 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7519 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7520 if (enc_utf8)
7522 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7523 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7524 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7525 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7526 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7528 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7529 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7530 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7531 #endif
7532 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7533 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7534 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7535 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7536 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7537 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7538 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7539 #endif
7541 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7543 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7545 outofmem = TRUE;
7546 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7547 goto give_up;
7548 #endif
7551 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7552 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL
7553 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL)
7554 outofmem = TRUE;
7555 #endif
7556 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7557 give_up:
7558 #endif
7560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7561 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7562 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7563 break;
7564 #endif
7565 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7567 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7568 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7569 #endif
7570 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7571 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7572 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7573 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7574 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7575 #endif
7576 || outofmem)
7578 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7580 /* guess the size */
7581 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7583 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7584 * and over again. */
7585 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7587 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7588 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7590 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7591 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7592 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7594 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7595 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7597 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7598 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7599 #endif
7600 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7601 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7602 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7603 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7604 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7605 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7607 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7608 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7609 #endif
7611 else
7613 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7615 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7617 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7618 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7621 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7622 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7623 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7624 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7626 if (!clear)
7628 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7629 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7630 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7631 if (enc_utf8)
7633 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7634 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7635 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7636 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7637 + new_row * Columns,
7638 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7640 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7641 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7642 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7643 #endif
7644 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7645 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7646 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7647 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7649 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7650 len = screen_Columns;
7651 else
7652 len = Columns;
7653 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7654 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7655 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7656 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7657 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7658 #endif
7659 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7660 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7661 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7663 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7664 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7666 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7667 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7668 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7669 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7670 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7671 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7672 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7673 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7675 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7676 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7677 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7678 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7679 #endif
7680 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7681 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7682 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7686 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7687 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7690 free_screenlines();
7692 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7694 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7695 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7696 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7697 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7698 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7699 #endif
7700 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7701 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7702 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7703 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7704 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7705 #endif
7707 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7708 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7710 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7711 #endif
7712 screen_Rows = Rows;
7713 screen_Columns = Columns;
7715 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7716 if (clear)
7717 screenclear2();
7719 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7720 else if (gui.in_use
7721 && !gui.starting
7722 && ScreenLines != NULL
7723 && old_Rows != Rows)
7725 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7727 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7728 * command.
7730 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7731 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7732 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7733 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7734 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7735 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7737 #endif
7739 entered = FALSE;
7740 --RedrawingDisabled;
7742 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7744 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7745 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7747 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7749 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7750 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7751 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7752 goto retry;
7754 #endif
7757 void
7758 free_screenlines()
7760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7761 int i;
7763 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7764 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7765 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7766 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7767 #endif
7768 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7769 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7770 vim_free(LineOffset);
7771 vim_free(LineWraps);
7772 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7773 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7774 #endif
7777 void
7778 screenclear()
7780 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7781 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7782 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7785 static void
7786 screenclear2()
7788 int i;
7790 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7792 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7793 #endif
7795 return;
7797 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7798 if (!gui.in_use)
7799 #endif
7800 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7801 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7803 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7804 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7805 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7806 #endif
7808 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7809 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7811 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7812 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7815 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7817 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7818 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7819 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7821 else
7823 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7824 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7825 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7826 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7829 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7831 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7832 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7833 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7834 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7835 #endif
7836 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7837 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7838 compute_cmdrow();
7839 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7840 msg_col = 0;
7841 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7842 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7843 msg_didany = FALSE;
7844 msg_didout = FALSE;
7848 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7850 static void
7851 lineclear(off, width)
7852 unsigned off;
7853 int width;
7855 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7857 if (enc_utf8)
7858 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7859 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7860 #endif
7861 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7865 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7866 * invalid value.
7868 static void
7869 lineinvalid(off, width)
7870 unsigned off;
7871 int width;
7873 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7876 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7878 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7880 static void
7881 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7882 int to;
7883 int from;
7884 win_T *wp;
7886 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7887 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7889 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7890 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7891 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7892 if (enc_utf8)
7894 int i;
7896 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7897 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7898 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7899 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7900 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7902 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7903 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7904 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7905 # endif
7906 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7907 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7909 #endif
7912 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7913 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7916 can_clear(p)
7917 char_u *p;
7919 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7920 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7921 || gui.in_use
7922 #endif
7923 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7927 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7928 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7929 * code.
7931 void
7932 screen_start()
7934 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7938 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7939 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7940 * characters sent to the terminal.
7942 void
7943 windgoto(row, col)
7944 int row;
7945 int col;
7947 sattr_T *p;
7948 int i;
7949 int plan;
7950 int cost;
7951 int wouldbe_col;
7952 int noinvcurs;
7953 char_u *bs;
7954 int goto_cost;
7955 int attr;
7957 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7958 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7960 #define PLAN_LE 1
7961 #define PLAN_CR 2
7962 #define PLAN_NL 3
7963 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7964 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7965 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7966 return;
7968 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7970 /* Check for valid position. */
7971 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7972 row = 0;
7973 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7974 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7975 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7976 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7978 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7979 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7980 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7981 else
7982 noinvcurs = 0;
7983 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7986 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7987 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7988 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7989 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7990 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7992 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7993 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7995 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7996 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7998 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
8001 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
8002 * or T_LE.
8004 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
8005 attr = screen_attr;
8006 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
8008 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
8009 if (*T_LE)
8010 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
8011 else
8012 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
8013 if (*bs)
8014 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
8015 else
8016 cost = 999;
8017 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
8019 plan = PLAN_CR;
8020 wouldbe_col = 0;
8021 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
8023 else
8025 plan = PLAN_LE;
8026 wouldbe_col = col;
8028 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8030 cost += noinvcurs;
8031 attr = 0;
8036 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
8038 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
8040 plan = PLAN_NL;
8041 wouldbe_col = 0;
8042 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
8043 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
8045 cost += noinvcurs;
8046 attr = 0;
8051 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
8053 else
8055 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
8056 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
8057 cost = 0;
8061 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
8062 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
8064 i = col - wouldbe_col;
8065 if (i > 0)
8066 cost += i;
8067 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
8070 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
8071 * stopping highlighting.
8073 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
8074 while (i && *p++ == attr)
8075 --i;
8076 if (i != 0)
8079 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
8081 if (*--p == 0)
8083 cost += noinvcurs;
8084 while (i && *p++ == 0)
8085 --i;
8087 if (i != 0)
8088 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
8090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8091 if (enc_utf8)
8093 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8094 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8095 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8097 cost = 999;
8098 break;
8101 #endif
8105 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8107 if (cost < goto_cost)
8109 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8111 if (noinvcurs)
8112 screen_stop_highlight();
8113 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8115 out_str(bs);
8116 --screen_cur_col;
8119 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8121 if (noinvcurs)
8122 screen_stop_highlight();
8123 out_char('\r');
8124 screen_cur_col = 0;
8126 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8128 if (noinvcurs)
8129 screen_stop_highlight();
8130 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8132 out_char('\n');
8133 ++screen_cur_row;
8135 screen_cur_col = 0;
8138 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8139 if (i > 0)
8142 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8143 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8144 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8146 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8148 while (i-- > 0)
8149 out_char(*T_ND);
8151 else
8153 int off;
8155 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8156 while (i-- > 0)
8158 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8159 screen_stop_highlight();
8160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8161 out_flush_check();
8162 #endif
8163 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8165 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8166 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8167 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8168 #endif
8169 ++off;
8175 else
8176 cost = 999;
8178 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8180 if (noinvcurs)
8181 screen_stop_highlight();
8182 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8183 *T_CRI != NUL)
8184 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8185 else
8186 term_windgoto(row, col);
8188 screen_cur_row = row;
8189 screen_cur_col = col;
8194 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8196 void
8197 setcursor()
8199 if (redrawing())
8201 validate_cursor();
8202 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8203 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8204 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8205 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8206 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8207 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8208 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8209 (has_mbyte
8210 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8211 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8212 # endif
8213 1)) :
8214 #endif
8215 curwin->w_wcol));
8221 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8222 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8223 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8224 * scrolling.
8225 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8228 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8229 win_T *wp;
8230 int row;
8231 int line_count;
8232 int invalid;
8233 int mayclear;
8235 int did_delete;
8236 int nextrow;
8237 int lastrow;
8238 int retval;
8240 if (invalid)
8241 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8243 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8244 return FAIL;
8246 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8247 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8249 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8250 if (retval != MAYBE)
8251 return retval;
8254 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8255 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8256 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8257 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8259 did_delete = FALSE;
8260 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8261 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8263 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8264 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8265 did_delete = TRUE;
8266 else if (wp->w_next)
8267 return FAIL;
8269 #endif
8271 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8273 if (!did_delete)
8275 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8276 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8277 #endif
8278 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8279 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8280 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8281 if (lastrow > Rows)
8282 lastrow = Rows;
8283 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8284 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8285 ' ', ' ', 0);
8288 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8289 == FAIL)
8291 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8292 if (did_delete)
8294 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8295 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8296 #endif
8297 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8299 return FAIL;
8302 return OK;
8306 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8307 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8308 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8309 * scrolling
8310 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8313 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8314 win_T *wp;
8315 int row;
8316 int line_count;
8317 int invalid;
8318 int mayclear;
8320 int retval;
8322 if (invalid)
8323 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8325 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8326 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8328 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8329 if (retval != MAYBE)
8330 return retval;
8332 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8333 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8334 return FAIL;
8336 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8338 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8339 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8341 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8343 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8344 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8346 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8347 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8351 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8352 * command line later.
8354 else
8355 #endif
8356 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8357 return OK;
8361 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8362 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8363 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8365 static int
8366 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8367 win_T *wp;
8368 int row;
8369 int line_count;
8370 int mayclear;
8371 int del;
8373 int retval;
8375 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8376 return FAIL;
8378 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8379 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8380 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8381 && wp->w_width == Columns
8382 #endif
8385 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8386 return FAIL;
8390 * Delete all remaining lines
8392 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8394 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8395 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8396 ' ', ' ', 0);
8397 return OK;
8401 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8402 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8404 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8407 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8408 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8409 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8410 * win_line().
8411 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8412 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8413 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8415 if (scroll_region
8416 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8417 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8418 #endif
8421 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8422 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8423 #endif
8424 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8425 if (del)
8426 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8427 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8428 else
8429 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8430 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8431 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8432 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8433 #endif
8434 scroll_region_reset();
8435 return retval;
8438 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8439 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8440 return FAIL;
8441 #endif
8443 return MAYBE;
8447 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8449 static void
8450 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8451 win_T *wp;
8453 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8454 while (wp != NULL)
8455 #else
8456 if (wp != NULL)
8457 #endif
8459 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8460 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8461 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8462 wp = wp->w_next;
8463 #endif
8465 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8469 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8470 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8471 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8472 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8473 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8474 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8475 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8479 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8481 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8482 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8483 #define USE_T_AL 3
8484 #define USE_T_CE 4
8485 #define USE_T_DL 5
8486 #define USE_T_SR 6
8487 #define USE_NL 7
8488 #define USE_T_CD 8
8489 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8492 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8493 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8494 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8495 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8497 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8500 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8501 int off;
8502 int row;
8503 int line_count;
8504 int end;
8505 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8507 int i;
8508 int j;
8509 unsigned temp;
8510 int cursor_row;
8511 int type;
8512 int result_empty;
8513 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8516 * FAIL if
8517 * - there is no valid screen
8518 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8519 * - the line count is less than one
8520 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8522 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8523 return FAIL;
8526 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8527 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8528 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8529 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8530 * the insert is just empty lines
8531 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8532 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8533 * at once.
8534 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8535 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8536 * 1.
8537 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8538 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8539 * just empty lines.
8540 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8541 * just empty lines.
8542 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8543 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8544 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8546 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8547 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8548 * exists.
8550 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8551 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8552 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8553 type = USE_REDRAW;
8554 else
8555 #endif
8556 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8557 type = USE_T_CD;
8558 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8559 type = USE_T_CAL;
8560 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8561 type = USE_T_CDL;
8562 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8563 type = USE_T_AL;
8564 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8565 type = USE_T_CE;
8566 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8567 type = USE_T_DL;
8568 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8569 type = USE_T_SR;
8570 else
8571 return FAIL;
8574 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8575 * care of t_db if necessary.
8577 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8578 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8579 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8582 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8583 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8584 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8586 if (*T_DB)
8587 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8589 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8590 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8591 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8592 if (off + row > 0
8593 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8594 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8595 # endif
8597 clip_clear_selection();
8598 else
8599 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8600 #endif
8602 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8603 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8604 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8605 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8606 #endif
8608 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8609 cursor_row = row;
8610 else
8611 cursor_row = row + off;
8614 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8615 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8617 row += off;
8618 end += off;
8619 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8621 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8622 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8624 /* need to copy part of a line */
8625 j = end - 1 - i;
8626 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8627 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8628 j += line_count;
8629 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8630 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8631 else
8632 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8633 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8635 else
8636 #endif
8638 j = end - 1 - i;
8639 temp = LineOffset[j];
8640 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8642 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8643 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8645 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8646 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8647 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8648 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8649 else
8650 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8654 screen_stop_highlight();
8655 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8657 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8658 /* redraw the characters */
8659 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8660 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8661 else
8662 #endif
8663 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8665 term_append_lines(line_count);
8666 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8668 else
8670 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8672 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8674 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8675 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8676 out_str(T_AL);
8678 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8679 out_str(T_SR);
8680 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8685 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8686 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8688 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8690 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8692 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8693 out_str(T_CE);
8694 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8698 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8699 gui_can_update_cursor();
8700 if (gui.in_use)
8701 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8702 #endif
8703 return OK;
8707 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8708 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8709 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8710 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8712 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8715 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8716 int off;
8717 int row;
8718 int line_count;
8719 int end;
8720 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8721 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8723 int j;
8724 int i;
8725 unsigned temp;
8726 int cursor_row;
8727 int cursor_end;
8728 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8729 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8730 int type;
8733 * FAIL if
8734 * - there is no valid screen
8735 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8736 * - the line count is less than one
8737 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8739 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8740 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8741 return FAIL;
8744 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8746 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8749 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8750 * available.
8752 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8755 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8756 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8757 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8758 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8759 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8760 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8761 * none of the other ways work.
8762 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8763 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8764 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8766 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8767 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8768 type = USE_REDRAW;
8769 else
8770 #endif
8771 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8772 type = USE_T_CD;
8773 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8775 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8776 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8777 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8778 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8779 * the trick...
8780 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8781 * (Olaf Seibert)
8783 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8784 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8785 #else
8786 else if (row == 0 && (
8787 #ifndef AMIGA
8788 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8789 * up, so use delete-line command */
8790 line_count == 1 ||
8791 #endif
8792 *T_CDL == NUL))
8793 #endif
8794 type = USE_NL;
8795 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8796 type = USE_T_CDL;
8797 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8798 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8799 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8800 #endif
8802 type = USE_T_CE;
8803 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8804 type = USE_T_DL;
8805 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8806 type = USE_T_CDL;
8807 else
8808 return FAIL;
8810 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8811 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8812 * not the full width of the screen. */
8813 if (off + row > 0
8814 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8815 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8816 # endif
8818 clip_clear_selection();
8819 else
8820 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8821 #endif
8823 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8824 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8825 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8826 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8827 #endif
8829 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8831 cursor_row = row;
8832 cursor_end = end;
8834 else
8836 cursor_row = row + off;
8837 cursor_end = end + off;
8841 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8842 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8844 row += off;
8845 end += off;
8846 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8848 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8849 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8851 /* need to copy part of a line */
8852 j = row + i;
8853 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8854 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8855 j -= line_count;
8856 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8857 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8858 else
8859 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8860 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8862 else
8863 #endif
8865 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8866 j = row + i;
8867 temp = LineOffset[j];
8868 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8870 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8871 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8873 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8874 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8875 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8876 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8877 else
8878 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8882 screen_stop_highlight();
8884 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8885 /* redraw the characters */
8886 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8887 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8888 else
8889 #endif
8890 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8892 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8893 out_str(T_CD);
8894 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8896 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8898 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8899 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8900 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8903 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8904 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8905 * last line.
8907 else if (type == USE_NL)
8909 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8910 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8911 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8913 else
8915 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8917 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8919 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8920 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8922 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8924 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8925 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8927 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8932 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8933 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8935 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8937 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8939 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8940 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8941 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8946 gui_can_update_cursor();
8947 if (gui.in_use)
8948 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8949 #endif
8951 return OK;
8955 * show the current mode and ruler
8957 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8958 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8959 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8960 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8963 showmode()
8965 int need_clear;
8966 int length = 0;
8967 int do_mode;
8968 int attr;
8969 int nwr_save;
8970 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8971 int sub_attr;
8972 #endif
8974 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8975 && ((State & INSERT)
8976 || restart_edit
8977 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8978 || VIsual_active
8979 #endif
8981 if (do_mode || Recording)
8984 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8985 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8986 * it takes a bit of time.
8988 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8990 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8991 return 0;
8994 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8996 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8997 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8999 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
9000 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
9001 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
9002 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
9004 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
9005 msg_pos_mode();
9006 cursor_off();
9007 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
9008 if (do_mode)
9010 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
9011 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
9012 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
9013 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
9014 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
9015 # else
9016 if (
9017 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
9018 preedit_get_status()
9019 # else
9020 im_get_status()
9021 # endif
9023 # endif
9024 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
9025 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
9026 # else
9027 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
9028 # endif
9029 #endif
9030 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
9031 if (gui.in_use)
9033 if (hangul_input_state_get())
9034 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
9036 #endif
9037 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9038 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
9040 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
9041 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
9042 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
9043 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9044 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
9045 if (length > 0)
9047 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9048 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
9049 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
9051 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
9052 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
9053 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
9055 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
9057 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
9058 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
9059 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
9060 else
9061 sub_attr = attr;
9062 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
9065 length = 0;
9067 else
9068 #endif
9070 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9071 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9072 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
9073 else
9074 #endif
9075 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9076 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
9077 else if (State & INSERT)
9079 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9080 if (p_ri)
9081 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
9082 #endif
9083 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
9085 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
9086 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
9087 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
9088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
9089 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
9090 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
9091 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9092 if (p_hkmap)
9093 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9094 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9095 if (p_fkmap)
9096 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9097 # endif
9098 #endif
9099 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9100 if (State & LANGMAP)
9102 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9103 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9104 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9105 else
9106 # endif
9107 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9109 #endif
9110 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9111 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9113 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9114 if (VIsual_active)
9116 char *p;
9118 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9119 * problems. */
9120 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9121 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9122 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9124 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9125 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9126 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9127 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9128 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9129 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9131 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9133 #endif
9134 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9137 need_clear = TRUE;
9139 if (Recording
9140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9141 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9142 #endif
9145 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9146 need_clear = TRUE;
9149 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9150 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9151 msg_clr_eos();
9152 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9153 length = msg_col;
9154 msg_col = 0;
9155 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9157 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9158 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9159 msg_clr_cmdline();
9161 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9162 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9163 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9164 if (VIsual_active)
9165 clear_showcmd();
9166 # endif
9168 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9169 * message and must be redrawn */
9170 if (redrawing()
9171 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9172 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9173 # endif
9175 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9176 #endif
9177 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9178 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9180 return length;
9184 * Position for a mode message.
9186 static void
9187 msg_pos_mode()
9189 msg_col = 0;
9190 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9194 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9195 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9196 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9198 void
9199 unshowmode(force)
9200 int force;
9203 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9205 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9206 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9207 else
9209 msg_pos_mode();
9210 if (Recording)
9211 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9212 msg_clr_eos();
9216 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9218 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9220 static void
9221 draw_tabline()
9223 int tabcount = 0;
9224 tabpage_T *tp;
9225 int tabwidth;
9226 int col = 0;
9227 int scol = 0;
9228 int attr;
9229 win_T *wp;
9230 win_T *cwp;
9231 int wincount;
9232 int modified;
9233 int c;
9234 int len;
9235 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9236 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9237 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9238 char_u *p;
9239 int room;
9240 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9241 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9242 && !gui.in_use
9243 #endif
9246 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9248 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9249 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9250 if (gui_use_tabline())
9252 gui_update_tabline();
9253 return;
9255 #endif
9257 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9258 return;
9260 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9262 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9263 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9264 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9266 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9267 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9269 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9271 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9272 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9273 called_emsg = FALSE;
9274 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9275 if (called_emsg)
9276 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9277 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9278 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9280 else
9281 #endif
9283 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9284 ++tabcount;
9286 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9287 if (tabwidth < 6)
9288 tabwidth = 6;
9290 attr = attr_nosel;
9291 tabcount = 0;
9292 scol = 0;
9293 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9294 tp = tp->tp_next)
9296 scol = col;
9298 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9299 attr = attr_sel;
9300 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9301 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9303 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9304 attr = attr_nosel;
9306 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9308 if (tp == curtab)
9310 cwp = curwin;
9311 wp = firstwin;
9313 else
9315 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9316 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9319 modified = FALSE;
9320 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9321 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9322 modified = TRUE;
9323 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9325 if (wincount > 1)
9327 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9328 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9329 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9330 break;
9331 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9332 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9333 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9334 #else
9335 attr
9336 #endif
9338 col += len;
9340 if (modified)
9341 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9342 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9345 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9346 if (room > 0)
9348 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9349 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9350 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9351 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9352 p = NameBuff;
9353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9354 if (has_mbyte)
9355 while (len > room)
9357 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9358 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9360 else
9361 #endif
9362 if (len > room)
9364 p += len - room;
9365 len = room;
9367 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9368 len = Columns - col - 1;
9370 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9371 col += len;
9373 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9375 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9376 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9377 ++tabcount;
9378 while (scol < col)
9379 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9382 if (use_sep_chars)
9383 c = '_';
9384 else
9385 c = ' ';
9386 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9388 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9389 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9391 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9392 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9396 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9397 * set. */
9398 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9402 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9403 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9405 void
9406 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9407 buf_T *buf;
9409 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9410 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9411 else
9412 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9413 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9415 #endif
9417 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9419 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9421 static int
9422 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9423 int *attr;
9424 int is_curwin;
9426 int fill;
9427 if (is_curwin)
9429 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9430 fill = fill_stl;
9432 else
9434 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9435 fill = fill_stlnc;
9437 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9438 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9439 * current window */
9440 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9441 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9442 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9443 return fill;
9444 if (is_curwin)
9445 return '^';
9446 return '=';
9448 #endif
9450 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9452 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9453 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9455 static int
9456 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9457 int *attr;
9459 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9460 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9461 return '|';
9462 else
9463 return fill_vert;
9465 #endif
9468 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9471 redrawing()
9473 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9474 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9478 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9481 messaging()
9483 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9487 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9488 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9490 void
9491 showruler(always)
9492 int always;
9494 if (!always && !redrawing())
9495 return;
9496 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9497 if (pum_visible())
9499 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9500 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9501 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9502 # endif
9503 return;
9505 #endif
9506 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9507 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9509 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin);
9511 else
9512 #endif
9513 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9514 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9515 #endif
9517 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9518 if (need_maketitle
9519 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9520 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9521 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9522 # endif
9524 maketitle();
9525 #endif
9526 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9527 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9528 if (redraw_tabline)
9529 draw_tabline();
9530 #endif
9533 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9534 static void
9535 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9536 win_T *wp;
9537 int always;
9539 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70
9540 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN];
9541 int row;
9542 int fillchar;
9543 int attr;
9544 int empty_line = FALSE;
9545 colnr_T virtcol;
9546 int i;
9547 size_t len;
9548 int o;
9549 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9550 int this_ru_col;
9551 int off = 0;
9552 int width = Columns;
9553 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9554 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9555 #else
9556 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9557 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9558 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9559 #endif
9561 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9562 if (!p_ru)
9563 return;
9566 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9567 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9569 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9570 return;
9572 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9573 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9574 * the (long) mode message. */
9575 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9576 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9577 # endif
9578 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9579 return;
9580 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9581 if (pum_visible())
9582 return;
9583 #endif
9585 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9586 if (*p_ruf)
9588 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9590 called_emsg = FALSE;
9591 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9592 if (called_emsg)
9593 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9594 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9595 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9596 return;
9598 #endif
9601 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9603 if (!(State & INSERT)
9604 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9605 empty_line = TRUE;
9608 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9610 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9611 if ( redraw_cmdline
9612 || always
9613 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9614 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9615 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9616 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9617 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9618 #endif
9619 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9620 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9622 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9623 #endif
9624 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9626 cursor_off();
9627 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9628 if (wp->w_status_height)
9630 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9631 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9632 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9633 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9634 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9635 # endif
9637 else
9638 #endif
9640 row = Rows - 1;
9641 fillchar = ' ';
9642 attr = 0;
9643 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9644 width = Columns;
9645 off = 0;
9646 #endif
9649 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9650 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9651 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9653 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9654 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9655 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9659 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9660 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9662 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,",
9663 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9664 ? 0L
9665 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9666 len = STRLEN(buffer);
9667 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len,
9668 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9669 (int)virtcol + 1);
9672 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9673 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9674 * screen up on some terminals).
9676 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9677 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1);
9678 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9679 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9680 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9681 #endif
9682 ++o;
9683 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9684 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9685 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9686 this_ru_col = 0;
9687 #endif
9688 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9689 * half for the filename. */
9690 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9691 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9692 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9694 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9697 if (has_mbyte)
9698 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9699 else
9700 #endif
9701 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9702 ++o;
9704 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i);
9706 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9708 if (has_mbyte)
9710 o = 0;
9711 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9713 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9714 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9716 buffer[i] = NUL;
9717 break;
9721 else
9722 #endif
9723 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9724 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9726 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9727 i = redraw_cmdline;
9728 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9729 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9730 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9731 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9732 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9733 redraw_cmdline = i;
9734 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9735 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9736 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9737 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9738 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9739 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9740 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9741 #endif
9744 #endif
9746 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9748 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9749 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9750 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9753 number_width(wp)
9754 win_T *wp;
9756 int n;
9757 linenr_T lnum;
9759 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9760 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9761 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9762 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9764 n = 0;
9767 lnum /= 10;
9768 ++n;
9769 } while (lnum > 0);
9771 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9772 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9773 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9775 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9776 return n;
9778 #endif